ML14091A210: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a. Page 1 of 5   Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
{{#Wiki_filter:ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                   Page 1 of 5
-301-3  a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration EVALUATION LOCATION
: a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:         10 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-217 ALTERNATE PATH X             TIME CRITICAL             PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
:     X   SIMULATOR         PROJECTED TIME:
1 0 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-217 ALTERNATE PATH X       TIME CRITICAL PRA               JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
: 3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
: 4. Allow student time to review control board.
: 4. Allow student time to review control board.
: 5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task. TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
: 5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
Correctly align emergency boration to the charging pump suction
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
. Complete step 4 RNO of ESP
* Correctly align emergency boration to the charging pump suction.
-0.1 and align Letdown on service.
* Complete step 4 RNO of ESP-0.1 and align Letdown on service.
Complete ESP-0.1 attachment 2 to align the RWST to the charging pump suctions
* Complete ESP-0.1 attachment 2 to align the RWST to the charging pump suctions.
. Increase charging flow to >92 gpm
* Increase charging flow to >92 gpm.
. Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
Examinee:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
 
Developer                                  Aaron Forsha                Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a. Page 1 of 5 


CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                              Page 1 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
: a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
: b. CVCS is in operation with 1 C charging pump running.
: b. CVCS is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
: c. 1A BAT is on service, 1B BAT is in standby. d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP
: c. 1A BAT is on service, 1B BAT is in standby.
-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
: d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to complete the actions of ESP
Your task is to complete the actions of ESP-0.1, beginning at step 4.
-0.1, beginning at step 4.
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
INITIATING CUE: "You may begin."
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
ELEMENTS:                                                     STANDARDS:                             (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
START TIME Candidate will evaluate step 4 and determine there is one stuck rod. The RNO steps are below.
START TIME       Candidate will evaluate step 4 and determine there is one stuck rod. The RNO steps are below.
: 1. (step 4.1 RNO)                                             1A or 1B BAT Pump hand switch          S / U Start 1A or 1B boric acid transfer pump.                     taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT.
: 1. (step 4.1 RNO)
NOTE:
Start 1A or 1B boric acid transfer pump.
* NO flow will be observed after opening MOV8104 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter. It is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2:
1A or 1B BAT Pump hand switch taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT. S  /  U    NOTE: NO flow will be observed after opening MOV8104 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter
                - Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1).
. It is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2
                - Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3).
: - Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1). - Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3). - Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through FI
                - Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through FI-110. (Element 4)
-110. (Element 4) - May use AOP
                - May use AOP-27.0 guidance (STEP 2-NOTE: and align flow through FCV113A&B to attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP-27 are consistent with these elements.
-27.0 guidance (STEP 2
* The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, valves, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures; NO flow indicated locally on FI-110A. If Boric Acid filter DP directed to be checked, then inform the Control room that the D/P is 35 psid.
-NOTE: and align flow through FCV113A&B to attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP
-27 are consistent with these elements
. The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, val ve s, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures
; NO flow indicated locally on FI
-110 A. If Boric Acid filter DP directed to be checked, then inform the Control room that the D/P is 35 psid.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
Page 2 of 7    EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:  ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)      2. (step 4.2.1 RNO)
Align normal emergency boration flow path
. Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG PUMP SUCT MOV8104
. Observes MOV8104 RED light is LIT. S  /  U      3. (step 4.2.2 RNO)
IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath is NOT available then align manual emergency boration flowpath.
- Directs Radside SO to open V185


- OPENS FCV113A (may also open FCV113B while waiting on local actions per AOP-27) Uses Gaitronics to contact Radside SO. Directs Opening of V185 per RNO step 4.2.2 of ESP
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                      Page 2 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
-0.1. CUE from Booth operator
ELEMENTS:                                                STANDARDS:                          (CIRCLE)
: Radside SO acknowledges
: 2. (step 4.2.1 RNO)                                      Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG            S / U Align normal emergency boration flow path.                PUMP SUCT MOV8104.
Observes MOV8104 RED light is LIT.
: 3. (step 4.2.2 RNO)                                       Uses Gaitronics to contact Radside S / U IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath is          SO. Directs Opening of V185 per NOT available then align manual emergency            RNO step 4.2.2 of ESP-0.1.
boration flowpath.
          - Directs Radside SO to open V185                  CUE from Booth operator:
Radside SO acknowledges AFTER 1 minute: CUE from Booth operator: Radside operator reports V185 is open.
          -    OPENS FCV113A (may also open FCV113B while waiting on local actions        OPENS FCV-113A. Observes per AOP-27)                                  FCV113A RED light is LIT.
NOTE:
* Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown).
* ARP-1.4 DE1, which will come into alarm if the actions above are not taken, and would direct the adjustment of charging flow, if addressed.
: 4. (step 4.3.1 RNO)                                      OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM          S / U Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.                HV8149A.
Observes HV8149A RED light is LIT.
: 5. (step 4.3.2 RNO)                                      OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM          S / U Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service.                HV8149B or C.
Observes HV8149B or C RED light is LIT.
: 6. (step 4.4.1 RNO)                                      Adjust charging flow to greater    S / U Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.                than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122. Observes FI-122A reads >40 gpm.


AFTER 1 minute: CUE from Booth operator
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                    Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: Radside operator reports V185 is open.
ELEMENTS:                                              STANDARDS:                          (CIRCLE)
OPENS FCV-113A. Observes FCV113A RED light is LIT. S  /  U    NOTE: Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown)
: 7. (step 4.4.2/3/4 RNO)                                Check emergency & manual            S / U Check emergency or manual emergency boration            boration flow greater than 30 gpm.
. ARP-1.4 DE1 , which will come into alarm if the actions above are not taken
flow greater than 30 gpm.                          Observes FI-110 and/or FI-113 indicate <30 gpm.
, and would direct the adjustment of charging flow
IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator: RADSIDE SO reports FI-110A indicates < 10 gpm.
, if addressed.
NOTE:
: 4. (step 4.3.1 RNO)
* Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.  
* Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the aligned flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.
: 8. (ATT 2 step 1)                                       Verifies 1C CHG PUMP HDR            S / U Verify 1C CHG PUMP header valves open.                 valves open. Observes CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO MOV 8132A, 8132B, 8133A & 8133B RED lights are LIT.
: 9. (ATT 2 step 2)                                      Determine that NO boration flow    S / U Check boration flow adequate.                          from any boration flow path is available.
Observes FI-110 and FI-113 indicates <10 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator: RADSIDE SO reports FI-110A indicates < 10 gpm.
* 10. (ATT 2 step 2 RNO)                                  Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves S / U Align charging pump suction to RWST.                   LCV115B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO LCV115C & E.
Observes LCV115B & D red lights are LIT, LCV115C & E GREEN lights are LIT.


OPEN LT DN ORIF ISO 45 GPM HV8149A. Observes HV8149A RED light is LIT. S  /  U      5. (step 4.3.2 RNO)
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                         Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service.
ELEMENTS:                                                   STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM HV8149B or C
: 11. (ATT 2 step 3.1)                                         Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN          S / U Verify charging pump discharge flow path -                   HX MOV8107 & MOV8108 open.
. Observes HV8149B or C RED light is LIT
ALIGNED.                                                Observes MOV8107 & 8108 RED lights are LIT.
. S  /  U      6. (step 4.4.1 RNO)
: 12. (ATT 2 step 3.2)                                         Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE S / U Verify only one charging line valve - OPEN.                 HV8146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE HV8147 OPEN.
Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.
Observes Q1E21HV8146 OR HV8147 RED light is LIT.
 
NOTE:       Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 (while placing letdown in service).
Adjust charging flow to greater than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122. Observes FI-122 A reads >4 0 gpm. S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
* 13. (ATT 2 step 3.3 RNO)                                     CHG FLOW FK 122 manually          S / U Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm.                 adjusted as necessary. Observes FI-122A indicates >92 gpm.
Page 3 of 7     EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.
(CIRCLE)       7. (step 4.4.2/3/4 RNO)
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
Check emergency or manual emergency boration flow greater than 30 gpm.
Check emergency & manual boration flow greater than 30 gpm
. Observes FI-110 and/or FI-113 indicate <30 gpm. IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator
: RADSIDE SO reports FI
-110A indicates
< 1 0 gp m. S  /  U    NOTE:    Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the "aligned" flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.
: 8. (ATT 2 step 1)
Verify 1C CHG PUMP header valves open.
Verifies 1 C CHG PUMP HDR valves open
. Observes CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO MOV 813 2A, 813 2B, 813 3A & 813 3 B RED lights are LIT. S  /  U      9. (ATT 2 step 2)
Check boration flow adequate.
Determine that NO boration flow from any boration flow path is available. Observes FI-110 and FI
-113 indicates
<1 0 gpm. IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator
: RADSIDE SO reports FI
-110A indicates
< 1 0 gpm. S  /  U
* 10. (ATT 2 step 2 RNO)
Align charging pump suction to RWST
. Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves LCV115B & D,  Close VCT OUTLET ISO LCV115C & E. Observes LCV115B & D red lights are LIT, LCV115C & E GREEN lights are LIT
. S / U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
Page 4 of 7    EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:  ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)      11. (ATT 2 step 3.1)
Verify charging pump discharge flow path  
- ALIGNED. Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN HX MOV8107 &
MOV8108 open. Observes MOV8107 & 8108 RED lights are LIT
. S  /  U      12. (ATT 2 step 3.2)
Verify only one charging line valve  
- OPEN. Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE HV8146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE HV8147 OPEN
. Observes Q1E21HV8146 OR HV8147 RED light is LIT
. S  /  U    NOTE:   Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 (while placing letdown in service).
* 13. (ATT 2 step 3.3 RNO)
Verify charging flow  
- GREATER THAN 92 gpm.
CHG FLOW FK 122 manually adjusted as necessary
. Observes FI-122A indicates >92 gpm.
S  /  U STOP TIME     Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS
: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-1-ESP-0.1, Version 32.0 2. Technical Specifications
: 1.     FNP-1-ESP-0.1, Version 32.0
: 3. K/As: 024AA2.02 RO-3.9 SRO-4.4               024AA2.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2.     Technical Specifications
: 1. None Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 3.     K/As: 024AA2.02 RO-3.9                   SRO-4.4 024AA2.01 RO-3.8               SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
STEP Evaluation
: 1. None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP                                               Evaluation
: 1. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
: 1. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
: 2. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
: 2. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
: 3. Not critical Aligning manual emergency makeup is an alternative path that could ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
: 3. Not critical Aligning manual emergency makeup is an alternative path that could
Page 5 of 7   be taken, but is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
 
: 4. Not critical
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                       Page 5 of 7 be taken, but is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
: Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure
: 4. Not critical: Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure.
. 5. Not critical
: 5. Not critical: Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure.
: Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure
: 6. Not critical since this flow is not sufficient for the required supply. However this is the step at which the required flow is likely to be achieved.
. 6. Not critical since this flow is not sufficient for the required supply. However this is the step at which the required flow is likely to be achieved.
: 7. Not critical since this step is a check and improper evaluation alone does not constitute the critical step.
: 7. Not critical since this step is a check and improper evaluation alone does not constitute the critical step.
: 8. Not critical since these valves are open
: 8. Not critical since these valves are open
Line 153: Line 116:
: 10. Critical: Align charging pump suction to RWST since these MOVs are closed and this is required to align boration flow to the chg pump suctions.
: 10. Critical: Align charging pump suction to RWST since these MOVs are closed and this is required to align boration flow to the chg pump suctions.
: 11. not critical since these valves are open
: 11. not critical since these valves are open
: 12. not critical since one of these valves is open 13. Critical: Verify charging flow  
: 12. not critical since one of these valves is open
- GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to
: 13. Critical: Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to > 92 gpm until this step.
> 92 gpm until this step
COMMENTS:
. COMMENTS:
 
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a.                                                                   Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
P a g e 1 of 1   HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
: a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
: b. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
: b. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
: c. 1A BAT is on service, 1B BAT is in standby.
: c. 1A BAT is on service, 1B BAT is in standby.
: d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP
: d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress. e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to complete the actions of ESP
Your task is to complete the actions of ESP-0.1, beginning at step 4.
-0.1, beginning at step 4.


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                                   Page 1 of 7
Page 1 of 7   Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
: b. Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And Aligned EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         20 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-218 ALTERNATE PATH X             TIME CRITICAL _           PRA X_
-301-3  b. Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A" Is Actuated And Aligned EVALUATION LOCATION
JPM DIRECTIONS:
:     X   SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
2 0 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-218 ALTERNATE PATH X       TIME CRITICAL
_       PR A  X_   JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
Line 178: Line 136:
: 4. Allow student time to review control board.
: 4. Allow student time to review control board.
: 5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
: 5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A" Is Actuated and Aligned
* Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated and Aligned.
. Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
Examinee:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
Developer                                Aaron Forsha                  Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 2 of 7   CONDITION S When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                                   Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection has occurred.
: a. A safety injection has occurred.
: b. EEP-0 is in progress.
: b. EEP-0 is in progress.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required. Your task is to perform   "Automatic Actions Verification"
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.
Your task is to perform Attachment 2 Automatic Actions Verification, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:                                 STANDARDS:                                       (CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1. (step 11.1)
: 1.   (step 11.1)
Verify PHASE A CTMT ISO actuated. Check s MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11
Checks MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11-1 lights LIT.
-1 lights LIT
Verify PHASE A CTMT ISO                                                            S / U Observes both are not LIT.
. Observes both are not LIT. S  /  U      2. (step 11.1)
actuated.
Actuate train "A" CTMT ISO PHASE A. Train "A" CTMT ISO PHASE A hand switch placed to actuate
: 2.   (step 11.1)
. Observes nothing happens.
Train A CTMT ISO PHASE A hand switch Actuate train A CTMT ISO                                                         S / U placed to actuate. Observes nothing happens.
S  /  U    NOTE:     The following B train components will be NOT be capable of being isolated requiring the A train equivalent to be closed:
PHASE A.
NOTE:
* The following B train components will be NOT be capable of being isolated requiring the A train equivalent to be closed:
o MLB 2 15-1, Q1E21MOV8100 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO o MLB 2 19-3 QSV47HV3625 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
o MLB 2 15-1, Q1E21MOV8100 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO o MLB 2 19-3 QSV47HV3625 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
A train B train system HV8112 - closed HV8100 (can not be closed)
A train                 B train                   system HV8112 - closed     HV8100 (can not be closed) Seal Return (MCB) 1A/B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC F001A/3A (start)     F001B/3B (start)
Seal Return (MCB)   F001A/3A (start)
UNIT (BOP)
F001B/3B (start) 1A/B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)
HV3622 - closed     HV3623 - closed           COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)
HV3622 - closed HV3623 - closed COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)
HV3624 - closed     HV3625 (can not be closed) CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
HV362 4 - closed HV3625 (can not be closed)
F002A - (start)     F002B - (start)           CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
HV3626 - closed     HV3627 - closed           COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP HV3628 - closed     HV3629 - closed           CONT RM UTILITY EXH
F002A - (start) F002B - (start) CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
: 3.   (step 11.2)
HV3626 - closed HV3627 - closed COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP HV3628 - closed HV3629 - closed CONT RM UTILITY EXH
Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT LIT.             S / U Check all MLB 2 lights lit.
: 3. (step 11.2)
Check all MLB 2 lights lit.
Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT LIT. S / U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 3 of 7  EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)    NOTE:  CRITICAL COM PONENTS are listed below and Annotated with # symbol in ELEMENT 4.
    *4. (step 11.2 RNO)
Verifies Phase A CTMT isolation using attachment 3.
For each light not LIT, the handswitch for the component is taken to the required position to ensure MLB 2 light LIT.
S  /  U  NOTE:    THE BELOW CHART IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS AN EXAMINER AIDE.
SHADED BOXES DESIGNATE THE INDICATING LIGHT IS INTIALLY LIT.
If all MLB-2 lights for A train are LIT and all but 2 lights for B train are LIT , then all of the elements are considered sat. The table is provided as an enhancement
, for the examiner , for marking which components have been manipulated.  
 
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 4 of 7    EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)    *4. CONTINUED  1-2 1-3 1-4 2-1 
 
2-2 


2-3 2-4-1 4-2 4-3   4-4 5-1 (#)
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                                                          Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
5-2
ELEMENTS:                                      STANDARDS:                                                        (CIRCLE)
NOTE:
* CRITICAL COMPONENTS are listed below and Annotated with # symbol in ELEMENT 4.
*4.   (step 11.2 RNO)                          For each light not LIT, the handswitch for the                    S / U Verifies Phase A CTMT                    component is taken to the required position to isolation using attachment 3.            ensure MLB 2 light LIT.
NOTE:
* THE BELOW CHART IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS AN EXAMINER AIDE.
* SHADED BOXES DESIGNATE THE INDICATING LIGHT IS INTIALLY LIT.
* If all MLB-2 lights for A train are LIT and all but 2 lights for B train are LIT, then all of the elements are considered sat. The table is provided as an enhancement, for the examiner, for marking which components have been manipulated.


5-4
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                    Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:              STANDARDS:                          (CIRCLE)
*4. CONTINUED 1-2              TDAFWP STM SUPP WARMUP ISO (BOP)-  S / U Q1N12HV3234A 1-3              SW TO TURB BLDG ISO A TRN-Q1P16V515 S / U 1-4              SW TO TURB BLDG ISO B TRN-Q1P16V517 S / U 2-1              CTMT ATMOS TO R-11/12 ISO (BOP)-    S / U Q1E14HV3657 2-2              CTMT ATMOS TO R-11/12 ISO (BOP)-    S / U Q1E14MOV3660 2-3              CTMT P ISO (BOP)-Q1E14MOV3318B    S / U 2-4              RX CAV CLG DMPR (BOP)-Q1E12HV3999A  S / U 4-1              CHEM ADD TO 1A SG ISO (BOP)        S / U Q1N25HV3772A 4-2              CHEM ADD TO 1B SG ISO (BOP)-        S / U Q1N25HV3772B 4-3              CHEM ADD TO 1C SG ISO (BOP)-        S / U Q1N25HV3772C 4-4              CCW FROM EXC LTDN/RCDT HXS-        S / U Q1P17HV3443 5-1 (#)          RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO-Q1E21MOV8112  S / U 5-2              LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM-Q1E21HV8149A  S / U 5-4               LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM-Q1E21HV8149C  S / U 6-2              CTMT SUMP DISCH (BOP)-Q1G21HV3377  S / U 6-3              CTMT SUMP RECIRC (BOP)              S / U Q1G21HV3380


6-2
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                  Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                      STANDARDS:                              (CIRCLE)
*4. CONTINUED 7-1                      RCDT VENT LINE ISO-Q1G21HV7126          S / U 8-1 (# OR 19-1)          1A CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT        S / U (BOP)-QSV49F001A/3A 8-3                      RCS LOOPS 2 & 3 SAMPLE ISO (BOP)-        S / U Q1P15HV3765 9-1 (# or 20-1)          1A CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)-      S / U QSV49F002A 10-1 (# or 19-2 )        COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)-              S / U QSV47HV3622 10-2 (#)                  CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-QSV47HV3624      S / U 10-3 (# or 20-2)          COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-            S / U QSV47HV3626 10-4 (# or 20-3)          CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)-              S / U QSV49HV3628 BEGIN B TRAIN 15-1 (Unable To Close and RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO Remain Closed)            Q1E21MOV8100                            S / U NOTE: Valve will stroke closed, but will IMMEDIATELY re-open.
19-1 (# or 8-1)          1B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT        S / U (BOP)
QSV49F001B/3B 19-2 (# or 10-1)          COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)              S / U QSV47HV3623 19-3 (Unable to Close)    CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)                  S / U QSV47HV3625 NOTE: Handswitch is disabled.
20-1 (# or 9-1)          1B CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)        S / U QSV49F002B


6-3  TDAFWP STM SUPP WARMUP ISO (BOP)
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                                   Page 6 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
-Q1N12HV3234A
ELEMENTS:                               STANDARDS:                                         (CIRCLE) 20-2 (# or 10-3)               COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)                       S / U QSV47HV3627 20-3 (# or 10-4)               CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)                         S / U QSV49HV3629 STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
 
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
SW TO TURB BLDG ISO A TRN
-Q1P16V515 SW TO TURB BLDG ISO B TRN-Q1P16V517 CTMT ATMOS TO R
-11/12 ISO (BOP)
-Q1E14HV3657
 
CTMT ATMOS TO R
-11/12 ISO (BOP)
-Q1E14MOV3660
 
CTMT P ISO (BOP)
-Q1E14MOV3318B RX CAV CLG DMPR (BOP)
-Q1E12HV3999A CHEM ADD TO 1A SG ISO (BOP) Q1N25HV3772A
 
CHEM ADD TO 1B SG ISO (BOP)
-Q1N25HV3772 B  CHEM ADD TO 1C SG ISO (BOP)
-Q1N25HV3772C CCW FROM EXC LTDN/RCDT HXS
-Q1P17HV3443
 
RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO
-Q1E21MOV8112
 
LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM
-Q1E21HV8149A
 
LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM
-Q1E21HV8149C
 
CTMT SUMP DISCH (BOP)
-Q1G21HV3377
 
CTMT SUMP RECIRC (BOP)
Q1G21HV3 380  S  /  U 
 
S  /  U S  /  U S  /  U 
 
S  /  U 
 
S  /  U S  /  U  S  /  U S  /  U S  /  U  S  /  U S  /  U S  /  U S  /  U S  /  U S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 5 of 7   EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)     *4. CONTINUED    7-1  8-1 (# OR 19-1)    8-3 9-1 (# or 20-1) 10-1 (# or 19-2 )    10-2 (#)  10-3 (# or 20-2) 10-4 (# or 20-3)   RCDT VENT LINE ISO
-Q1G21HV7126
 
1A CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP)-QSV49F001A/3A
 
RCS LOOPS 2 & 3 SAMPLE ISO (BOP)
-Q1P15HV3765
 
1A CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)
-QSV49F002A
 
COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP
)-QSV47HV3622
 
CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
-QSV47HV3624 COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
-QSV47HV3626
 
CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)
-QSV49HV3628
 
S  /  U S  /  U 
 
S  /  U 
 
S  /  U 
 
S  /  U 
 
S  /  U  S  /  U S  /  U BEGIN B TRAIN 15-1 (Unable To Close and Remain Closed
) RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO Q1E21MOV8100 NOTE: Valve will stroke closed, but will IMMEDIATELY re
-open. S  /  U 19-1 (# or 8-1) 1B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT (BOP) QSV49F001B/3B S  /  U 19-2  (# or 10-1) COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)
QSV47HV3623 S  /  U 19-3  (Unable to Close)
CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
QSV47HV3625 NOTE: Handswitch is disabled.
S  /  U 20-1 (# or 9-1) 1B CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)
QSV49F002B S / U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 6 of 7  EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)    20-2 (# or 10-3) COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)
QSV47HV3627 S  /  U 20-3 (# or 1 0-4) CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)
QSV49HV3629 S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS
: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0 2. K/As: 013A4.01 RO-4.5 SRO-4.8 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 1.     FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 2.     K/As: 013A4.01       RO-4.5         SRO-4.8 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
ELEMENT Evaluation 1 NOT Critical
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
: Actions not required to complete task successfully
ELEMENT                                             Evaluation 1       NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
. 2 NOT Critical: Action will be unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.
2       NOT Critical: Action will be unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.
3 NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully
3       NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
. 4 Critical: Task completion:
4       Critical: Task completion:
A TRAIN: 2 fans must be started and 22 valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation
A TRAIN: 2 fans must be started and 22 valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation. OR for B Train: 2 fans must be started and 3 valves/dampers manually closed which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation. Only one set of valves/fans on each train is critical.
. OR for B Train: 2 fans must be started and 3 valves/dampers manually closed which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation.
COMMENTS:
Only one set of valves/fans on each train is critical. COMMENTS: NONE ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.
NONE
Page 1 of 1     HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION.
 
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. A safety injection has occurred.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b.                                                                   Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection has occurred.
: b. EEP-0 is in progress.
: b. EEP-0 is in progress.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required. Your task is to perform Attachment 2 "Automatic Actions Verification", of EEP-0 starting at step 11.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to perform Attachment 2 Automatic Actions Verification, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                                   Page 1 of 6
: c. Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
: c. Simulator JPM CRO-333C TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-219 ALTERNATE PATH         X     TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___
-301-3  c. Simulator JPM CRO-333C TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation EVALUATION LOCATION:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
X   SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-219   ALTERNATE PATH X       TIME CRITICAL PRA ___ JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
Line 346: Line 222:
: 4. Allow student time to review control board.
: 4. Allow student time to review control board.
: 5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
: 5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
Perform required actions to establish Cold and Hot Leg Recirculation
* Perform required actions to establish Cold and Hot Leg Recirculation.
. Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
Examinee:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
Developer                                  Aaron Forsha                Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                                 Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
Page 2 of 6   CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
: a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
: b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
: b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
: c. Seven and one
: c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
: d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
: d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP
Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
-1.4. EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:                               STANDARDS:                                     (CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1. (step 1.1)
: 1.     (step 1.1)                       Handswitches for MOV8888A & B are taken to    S / U Verify A(B) RHR HX TO             CLOSE.
Verify A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS ISO MOV8888A and 8888B closed. Handswitch es for MOV8888A & B are taken to CLOSE. Observes red lights out and green lights lit.
RCS COLD LEGS ISO                 Observes red lights out and green lights lit.
S  /  U    2. (step 1.1)
MOV8888A and 8888B closed.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON MOV8887A and 8887B.
: 2.     (step 1.1)                       Handswitches for MOV8887A & B are taken to     S / U Open RHR TO RCS HOT              OPEN. Observes green lights out and red lights LEGS XCON MOV8887A                lit.
Handswitch es for MOV8887A & B are taken to OPEN. Observes green lights out and red lights lit. S  /  U    3. (step 1.1)
and 8887B.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889.
: 3.   (step 1.1)                       Handswitch for MOV8889 taken to OPEN.         S / U Open RHR TO RCS HOT              (MOV8889 will not open)
Handswitch for MOV8889 taken to OPEN.
LEGS ISO MOV8889.                Observes green light lit.
(MOV8889 will not open)
NOTE: Either 8887A or 8887B closed will satisfy the critical task
Observes green light lit.
*4.   (step 1 RNO)                     Handswitches for MOV8887A & B are taken to     S / U Close RHR TO RCS HOT             CLOSE.
S  /  U    NOTE: Either 8887A or 8887B closed will satisfy the critical task
LEGS XCON MOV8887A                Observes red lights out and green lights lit.
  *4. (step 1 RNO)
and 8887B
Close RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON MOV8887A and 8887B Handswitch es for MOV8887A & B are taken to CLOSE. Observes red lights out and green lights lit.
: 5.    (step 1 RNO)                     Light for MOV8889 checked.                     S / U Verify closed RHR TO RCS         Observes green light lit.
S / U     5. (step 1 RNO)
HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889
Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889 Light for MOV8889 checked.
Observes green light lit.
S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
Page 3 of 6  EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)    NOTE: Either 8888A or 8888B Open will satisfy the critical task
  *6. (step 1 RNO)
Open A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS ISO MOV8888A and 8888B.
Handswitch es for MOV8888A & B are taken to OPEN. Observes green lights out and red lights lit.
S  /  U    NOTE: Either elements 7-12 OR 13-16 will satisfy the critical task.
  *7. (step 2.1)
Stop 1A Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1A Chg Pump taken to OFF.
Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.
S  /  U    NOTE: Step 2.2 will be evaluated by the student as N/A
.    *8. (step 2.3) Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves MOV8803A and B Handswitch es for HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves MOV8803A & B taken to CLOSE. Observes green lights lit.
S  /  U    *9. (step 2.4) Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT LEGS valve MOV8886. Handswitch for MOV8886 taken to OPEN.
Observes green light out and red light lit.
S  /  U    *12. (step 2.5) Start either 1A or 1B Chg Pump. Handswitch for 1A or 1B Chg Pump taken to START. Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.
S  /  U   *13. (step 3.1)
Stop 1C Chg Pump Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to OFF.
Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.
S / U   *14. (step 3.2) Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD LEGS valve MOV8885  Handswitch for MOV8885 taken to CLOSE. Observes green light lit.
S  /  U    *15 (step 3.3) Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve MOV8884 Handswitch for MOV8884 taken to OPEN.
Observes red light lit.
S  /  U    *16. (step 3.4) Start 1C Chg Pump Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to START.
Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.
S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
Page 4 of 6  EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)    17. (step 4) Check at least one train of LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.
Alignment checked for proper LHSI and HHSI line-up. S  /  U    18. (step 5) Verify SI flow stable Flow checked on FI
-943, 940, HHSI Flow A (B) train recirc flow and FI
-605A/605B RHR HDR flow. S  /  U STOP TIME                  Terminate JPM after SI flow verified stable.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS
: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                                  Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                            STANDARDS:                                        (CIRCLE)
NOTE: Either 8888A or 8888B Open will satisfy the critical task
*6.  (step 1 RNO)                    Handswitches for MOV8888A & B are taken to        S / U Open A(B) RHR HX TO RCS OPEN.
COLD LEGS ISO                  Observes green lights out and red lights lit.
MOV8888A and 8888B.
NOTE: Either elements 7-12 OR 13-16 will satisfy the critical task.
*7.  (step 2.1)                      Handswitch for 1A Chg Pump taken to OFF.          S / U Stop 1A Chg Pump.              Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.
NOTE: Step 2.2 will be evaluated by the student as N/A.
*8.  (step 2.3)                      Handswitches for HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves        S / U Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO        MOV8803A & B taken to CLOSE.
valves MOV8803A and B          Observes green lights lit.
*9.  (step 2.4)                      Handswitch for MOV8886 taken to OPEN.              S / U Open CHG PUMP RECIRC            Observes green light out and red light lit.
TO HOT LEGS valve MOV8886.
*12.  (step 2.5)                      Handswitch for 1A or 1B Chg Pump taken to          S / U Start either 1A or 1B Chg      START.
Pump.                          Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.
*13.  (step 3.1)                      Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to OFF.          S / U Stop 1C Chg Pump                Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.
*14.  (step 3.2)                      Handswitch for MOV8885 taken to CLOSE.            S / U Close CHG PUMP RECIRC          Observes green light lit.
TO RCS COLD LEGS valve MOV8885
*15  (step 3.3)                      Handswitch for MOV8884 taken to OPEN.              S / U Open CHG PUMP RECIRC            Observes red light lit.
TO RCS HOT LEGS valve MOV8884
*16.  (step 3.4)                      Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to START.        S / U Start 1C Chg Pump              Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                            Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                            STANDARDS:                                  (CIRCLE)
: 17.  (step 4)                        Alignment checked for proper LHSI and HHSI  S / U Check at least one train of    line-up.
LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.
: 18.  (step 5)                        Flow checked on FI-943, 940, HHSI Flow A (B) S / U Verify SI flow stable          train recirc flow and FI-605A/605B RHR HDR flow.
STOP TIME Terminate JPM after SI flow verified stable.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP ESP-1.4, Rev. 1 6.0 2. K/A: 006A4.07 RO-4.4 SRO-4.4   011EA1.11 RO-4.2 SRO-4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 1. FNP ESP-1.4, Rev. 16.0
None ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
: 2. K/A: 006A4.07       RO-4.4           SRO-4.4 011EA1.11     RO-4.2           SRO-4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
Page 5 of 6   Critical ELEMENT justification:
None
ELEMENT Evaluation 1-3 NON Critica l: System alignment and discovery of failed component MOV8889. The alignment of these components will not affect examinees ability to establish Low Head Cold leg Recirculation.
 
4 CRITICAL: Closing one MOV-8887A OR B is required for train separation
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                               Page 5 of 6 Critical ELEMENT justification:
. 5 NON Critica l: MOV8889 is failed closed.
ELEMENT                                       Evaluation 1-3   NON Critical: System alignment and discovery of failed component MOV8889. The alignment of these components will not affect examinees ability to establish Low Head Cold leg Recirculation.
6 CRITICAL: Re-opening MOV8888A OR MOV8888B will establish low head cold leg recirculation.
4   CRITICAL: Closing one MOV-8887A OR B is required for train separation.
7-12 CRITICAL: Elements 7
5   NON Critical: MOV8889 is failed closed.
-12 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump.
6   CRITICAL: Re-opening MOV8888A OR MOV8888B will establish low head cold leg recirculation.
This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.
7-12   CRITICAL: Elements 7-12 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.
13-16 CRITICAL: Elements 13-1 6 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.
13-16   CRITICAL: Elements 13-16 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.
17 NON Critical:
17   NON Critical: Verification step only no action taken 18   NON Critical: Indication verification step only no action taken COMMENTS:
Verification step only no action taken 18 NON Critical:
 
Indication verification step only no action taken COMMENTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.                                                                 Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c.
Page 1 of 1   HANDOUT   CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
: a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
: b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
: b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
: c. Seven and one
: c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
: d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
: d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
 
: d. Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                   Page 1 of 6
-301-3  d. Simulator JPM CRO-043A with high vibrations TITLE: Start the 1 C RCP EVALUATION LOCATION
: d. Simulator JPM CRO-043A with high vibrations TITLE: Start the 1C RCP EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-220 ALTERNATE PATH         X     TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___
:     X   SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
15 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
: 1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre-job brief.
IC-220   ALTERNATE PATH X       TIME CRITICAL PRA ___ JPM DIRECTIONS: 1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre
-job brief.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 3. After pre-job brief complete, allow student time to review control board.
: 3. After pre-job brief complete, allow student time to review control board.
: 4. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
: 4. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
Startup the 1 C RCP per FNP-1-SOP-1.1 Recognize RCP trip criteria being exceeded and Trip the 1 C RCP. Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
* Startup the 1C RCP per FNP-1-SOP-1.1
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
* Recognize RCP trip criteria being exceeded and
EXAMINER:
* Trip the 1C RCP.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer                                Aaron Forsha                  Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                       Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: d. Page 2 of 6   CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1 C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at ~ 360 &deg;F.
: a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at
: b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
~ 360 &deg;F. b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
: c. 1A and 1B RCPs are running.
: c. 1A and 1B RCP s are running. d. RCS pressure is ~
: d. RCS pressure is ~ 420 psig.
420 psig. e. 1C RCP was secured to add oil to the upper reservoir. The oil addition is now complete.
: e. 1C RCP was secured to add oil to the upper reservoir. The oil addition is now complete.
: f. Steps 4.3.1 through 4.
: f. Steps 4.3.1 through 4.3.10 of FNP-1-SOP-1.1 have been completed.
3.1 0 of FNP-1-SOP-1.1 have been completed. g. The pre-job brief that is required will be done in a briefing room and when the pre
: g. The pre-job brief that is required will be done in a briefing room and when the pre-job brief is concluded, you will start at step 4.3.11 to start the 1C RCP.
-job brief is concluded, you will start at step 4.
Your task is to continue the startup of the 1C RCP per SOP-1.1, starting at Step 4.3.11.
3.1 1 to start the 1 C RCP.
INITIATING CUE, You may begin.
Your task is to continue the startup of the 1 C RCP per SOP
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
-1.1, starting at Step 4.
ELEMENTS:                                 STANDARDS:                                         (CIRCLE)
3.1 1.
INITIATING CUE , "You may begin."
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
    *1. (step 4.3.1 1) Start the 1 C RCP oil lift pump.
*1. (step 4.3.11)                         Handswitch for oil lift pump for 1C RCP taken      S / U Start the 1C RCP oil lift pump.            to START. Observes the red indicating light comes on.
: 2. (step 4.3.12)                          Handswitch indication for HV-8141C checked.        S / U Verify 1C RCP SEAL LEAKOFF                Observes valve position indicator red light is lit.
VALVE Q1E21HV-8141C is open.
: 3. (step 4.3.13)                          Seal leakoff flow rate determined on PI-154A to    S / U Verify 1C RCP No. 1 seal leakoff          be ~ 375 psig and FI-154A blue pen reads ~ 0.5 flow rate is within the limits of          gpm.
Figure-1                                  Evaluates Figure-1 conditions SAT.
: 4. (step 4.3.14/15)                        Checks DC4 & DD1.                                  S / U Verify that DC4, SEAL WTR INJ              Observes the annunciators are not lit.
FLTR HI D/P and DD1, RCP SEAL INJ FLOW LO are clear.
: 5. (step 4.3.16)                          PI-156A, 155A, and 154A indication observed to      S / U Verify all RCP No. 1 seal DPs are          be greater than 210 psid.
greater than 210 psid.


Handswitch for oil lift pump for 1 C RCP taken to START. Observes the red indicating light comes on. S  /  U    2. (step 4.3.1 2) Verify 1 C RCP SEAL LEAKOFF VALVE Q1E21HV
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                   Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
-8141 C is open. Handswitch indication for HV
ELEMENTS:                               STANDARDS:                                         (CIRCLE)
-8141 C checked. Observes valve position indicator red light is lit.
: 6. (step 4.3.17)                       Checks DC3 and Observes the annunciator is        S / U Verify that DC3, RCP #1 SEAL LO         not lit.
S  /  U    3. (step 4.3.1 3) Verify 1 C RCP  No. 1 seal leakoff flow rate is within the limits of Figure-1  Seal leakoff flow rate determined on PI
D/P is clear.
-15 4A to be ~ 3 75 psig and FI
: 7. (step 4.3.18)                       Verifies at least two minutes has elapsed.         S / U Verify oil lift pump for 1C RCP has    Observes the white indicating light is on above been running for at least two minutes  the 1C RCP oil lift pump handswitch.
-15 4A blue pen reads ~
and is producing adequate pressure.
0.5 gpm. Evaluates Figure-1 conditions SAT.
NOTE: High Vibration alarm will come in when Flow reaches 100%
S  /  U    4. (step 4.3.1 4/1 5) Verify that DC4, SEAL WTR INJ FLTR HI D/P and DD1, RCP SEAL INJ FLOW LO are clear. Check s DC4 & DD1. Observes the annunciators are not lit.
*8. (step 4.3.19)                       Pump handswitch placed to start with red           S / U Start 1C RCP.                          handswitch indication. Observes FI-434/435/436 for increasing flow rate, then the flow indicators stabilize at ~ 115 %.
S  /  U    5. (step 4.3.1 6) Verify all RCP No. 1 seal DPs are greater than 2 10 psid. PI-156A, 155A, and 154A indication observed to be greater than 210 psid. S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
: 9. (step 4.3.20)                       1C RCP AMPMETER checked to indicate ~ 840         S / U Verify 1C RCP amperage decreases        amps.
: d. Page 3 of 6   EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
to normal operating range
(CIRCLE)   6. (step 4.3.1 7) Verify that DC3, RCP #1 SEAL LO D/P is clear.
: 10. (step 4.3.21)                       Checks and Observes the annunciator is not lit. S / U Verify EF3, 1C RCS LOOP FLOW LO or C RCP BKR OPEN annunciator is clear.
Check s DC3 and Observes the annunciator is not lit. S  /  U    7. (step 4.3.18) Verify oil lift pump for 1 C RCP has been running for at least two minutes and is producing adequate pressure.
NOTE: Applicant may not have enough time to stop RCP oil lift pump if HIGH Vibration alarms come in before 1 minute elapsed. Leaving this pump running has no detrimental effect.
Verifies at least two minutes has elapsed
: 11. (step 4.3.22)                       1C RCP Oil Lift Pump handswitch taken to stop. S / U Stop the oil lift pump for 1C RCP      Observes the pump breaker indicator green light after at least one minute of operation. lit.
. Observes the white indicating light is on above the 1 C RCP oil lift pump handswitch.
: 12. Responds to annunciator HH4,       Acknowledges annunciator(s) AND references         S / U RCP VIB TRBL                            ARP for HH4
S  /  U    NOTE: High Vibration alarm will come in when Flow reaches 100%
: 13. (step 1 of HH4)                     Observes RCS flow, subcooling, and RCP            S / U Monitor RCS flow, subcooling           current and determines NPSH is adequate.
*8. (step 4.3.19) Start 1 C RCP. Pump handswitch placed to start with red handswitch indication
conditions and RCP run current to determine if low NPSH conditions exist.
. Observes FI-4 34/4 35/4 3 6 for increasing flow rate, then the flow indicators stabilize at ~ 115 %.
: 14. (step 2 of HH4)                    Observes Seal injection flows and trends and      S / U Monitor seal injection flow to insure  determines no problems.
S  /  U    9. (step 4.3.2 0) Verify 1 C RCP amperage decreases to normal operating range 1 C RCP AMPMETER checked to indicate ~ 840 amps. S / U   10. (step 4.3.2 1) Verify EF 3 , 1 C RCS LOOP FLOW LO or 'C' RCP BKR OPEN annunciator is clear.
a seal problem is not causing the increased vibration.
Check s and Observes the annunciator is not lit.
S  /  U    NOTE: Applicant may not have enough time to stop RCP oil lift pump if HIGH Vibration alarms come in before 1 minute elapsed.
Leaving this pump running has no detrimental effect.
: 11. (step 4.3.2 2) Stop the oil lift pump for 1C RCP after at least one minute of operation.
1 C RCP Oil Lift Pump handswitch taken to stop
. Observes the pump breaker indicator green light lit. S  /  U    12. Responds to annunciator HH 4 , RCP VIB TRBL Acknowledges annunciator(s) AND references ARP for HH 4  S / U   13. (step 1 of HH
: 4) Monitor RCS flow, subcooling conditions and RCP run current to


determine if low NPSH conditions exist. Observes RCS flow, subcooling, and RCP current and determines NPSH is adequate.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                   Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
S  /  U    14. (step 2 of HH 4) Monitor seal injection flow to insure a seal problem is not causing the increased vibration.
ELEMENTS:                               STANDARDS:                                       (CIRCLE)
Observes Seal injection flows and trends and determines no problems.
: 15. (step 3 of HH4)                     On plant computer observes RCP bearing          S / U Monitor RCP bearing temperatures.        temperatures.
S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
CUE: After dispatched provide the following report. 1C RCP shaft vibration is reading 21 MILS and slowly increasing, frame vibration is reading 3.5 MILS and slowly increasing.
: d. Page 4 of 6   EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
: 16. (step 4 of HH4)                     Dispatches SSS or Radside to investigate        S / U Dispatch appropriate personnel to the vibration readings.
(CIRCLE)       15. (step 3 of HH 4) Monitor RCP bearing temperatures.
139' EPR to observe vibration monitoring equipment to determine affected pump, vibration level, and rate of increase.
On plant computer observes RCP bearing temperatures.
: 17. (step 5 of HH4)                     Notifies SSS or Shift Supervisor to make        S / U IF Westinghouse has not been             appropriate notifications.
S  /  U    CUE: After dispatched provide the following report. "1C RCP shaft vibration is reading 21 MILS and slowly increasing, frame vibration is reading 3.5 MILS and slowly increasing."
previously notified of an abnormal vibration on a RCP, THEN notify Westinghouse of the RCP vibration.
: 16. (step 4 of HH 4) Dispatch appropriate personnel to the 139' EPR to observe vibratio n
(Ref. Westinghouse Infogram IG95008A)
monitoring equipment to determine affected pump, vibration level, and rate of increase.
*18. (step 6 of HH4)                     Recognize conditions exceed RCP trip criteria    S / U IF shaft vibration is 15 MILS AND       and secures 1C RCP the rate of increase in vibration       Observes the pump breaker indicator green light exceeds 1 MIL per hour OR shaft         lit and amps decrease to zero.
Dispatches SSS or Radside to investigate vibration readings.
vibration under any conditions exceeds 20 MILS, THEN perform the following:
S  /  U    17. (step 5 of HH 4) IF Westinghouse has not been previously notified of an abnormal vibration on a RCP, THEN notify Westinghouse of the RCP vibration.
* Stop the affected RCP.
(Ref. Westinghouse Infogram IG95008A) Notifies SSS or Shift Supervisor to make appropriate notifications.
STOP TIME Terminate when 1C RCP is secured.
S  /  U    *18. (step 6 of HH 4) IF shaft vibration is 15 MILS AND the rate of increase in vibration exceeds 1 MIL per hour OR shaft vibration under any conditions exceeds 20 MILS, THEN perform the following:
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Stop the affected RCP.
Recognize conditions exceed RCP trip criteria and secures 1 C RCP Observes the pump breaker indicator green light l it and amps decrease to zero.
S  /  U STOP TIME                 Terminate when 1 C RCP is secured.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS
: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-1-SOP-1.1, Version 47.2 2. FNP-1-UOP-1.1, Version 94.3 3. FNP-1/2-SOP-2.1; Reference only, no steps or actions contained in the SOP.
: 1. FNP-1-SOP-1.1, Version 47.2
: 4. FNP-1-ARP-1.8, Version 35.
: 2. FNP-1-UOP-1.1, Version 94.3
2 5. K/As: 003A1.0 1 RO-2.9 SRO-2.9 003A2.02 RO-3.7 SRO-3.9 ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
: 3. FNP-1/2-SOP-2.1; Reference only, no steps or actions contained in the SOP.
: d. Page 5 of 6   GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 4. FNP-1-ARP-1.8, Version 35.2
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 5. K/As: 003A1.01          RO-2.9         SRO-2.9 003A2.02       RO-3.7         SRO-3.9
ELEMENT Evaluation 1 Critical: Task completion: required to start the 1 C RCP oil lift pump for successful completion of the task. In the plant if this is not done then the RCP amps will be higher than normal and a possible RCP trip could occur. 2 NOT Critical
 
: Verifying components which are already in the required position. 3-6 NOT Critical
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                   Page 5 of 6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: Verifying flows are within limits and alarms are cleared prior to starting the RCP.
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
7 NOT Critical
ELEMENT                                     Evaluation 1   Critical: Task completion: required to start the 1C RCP oil lift pump for successful completion of the task. In the plant if this is not done then the RCP amps will be higher than normal and a possible RCP trip could occur.
: Verifying RCP oil lift pump white light is lit. This occurs w/i 2 minutes after the pump is started.
2   NOT Critical: Verifying components which are already in the required position.
8 Critical: Task completion: This starts the 1 C RCP which is the task at hand. 9-10 NOT Critical
3-6   NOT Critical: Verifying flows are within limits and alarms are cleared prior to starting the RCP.
: to check alarms are clear and amps decrease.
7   NOT Critical: Verifying RCP oil lift pump white light is lit. This occurs w/i 2 minutes after the pump is started.
11 NOT Critical
8   Critical: Task completion: This starts the 1C RCP which is the task at hand.
: stopping the oil lift pump is not critical in this situation since there are no adverse affects to not stopping the oil lift pump and it is more important to stop the running RCP with high vibrations. 12 NOT Critical
9-10   NOT Critical: to check alarms are clear and amps decrease.
: Responding to the alarm is not critical as long as the correct actions are taken.
11   NOT Critical: stopping the oil lift pump is not critical in this situation since there are no adverse affects to not stopping the oil lift pump and it is more important to stop the running RCP with high vibrations.
13-15 NOT Critical:
12   NOT Critical: Responding to the alarm is not critical as long as the correct actions are taken.
Plant conditions observed have no bearing on vibration condition 16 NOT Critical:
13-15   NOT Critical: Plant conditions observed have no bearing on vibration condition 16   NOT Critical: Dispatching an operator to obtain information that provides the decision point to secure the RCP. Examine may choose to secure RCP before receiving this data.
Dispatching an operator to obtain information that provides the decision point to secure the RCP. Examine may choose to secure RCP before receiving this data.
17   NOT Critical: Notification step only 18   Critical: Secures RCP to prevent further damage.
17 NOT Critical:
Notification step only 18 Critical: Secures RCP to prevent further damage.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.
 
Pg 1 of 1   HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d.                                                                       Pg 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
~ 360 &deg;F. b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
: a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at ~ 360 &deg;F.
: c. 1A and 1B RCP s are running. d. RCS pressure is ~
: b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
420 psig. e. 1C RCP was secured to add oil to the upper reservoir. The oil addition is now complete.
: c. 1A and 1B RCPs are running.
: f. Steps 4.3.1 through 4.
: d. RCS pressure is ~ 420 psig.
3.1 0 of FNP-1-SOP-1.1 have been completed.
: e. 1C RCP was secured to add oil to the upper reservoir. The oil addition is now complete.
: g. The pre-job brief that is required will be done in a briefing room and when the pre
: f. Steps 4.3.1 through 4.3.10 of FNP-1-SOP-1.1 have been completed.
-job brief is concluded, you will start at step 4.
: g. The pre-job brief that is required will be done in a briefing room and when the pre-job brief is concluded, you will start at step 4.3.11 to start the 1C RCP.
3.1 1 to start the 1 C RCP.
Your task is to continue the startup of the 1C RCP per SOP-1.1, starting at Step 4.3.11.
Your task is to continue the startup of the 1 C RCP per SOP
 
-1.1, starting at Step 4.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                   Page 1 of 6
3.1 1.
: e. Simulator JPM CRO-239 TITLE: Align Service Water to the AFW System EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-221 ALTERNATE PATH             TIME CRITICAL             PRA __
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: e. Page 1 of 6   Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
-301-3  e. Simulator JPM CRO-239 TITLE: Align Service Water to the AFW System EVALUATION LOCATION
:     X   SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-221 ALTERNATE PATH           TIME CRITICAL           PRA __ JPM DIRECTIONS: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
: 3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
Line 568: Line 420:
: 5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
: 5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
Align service water to AFW pumps Start 1A MDAFW pump Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
* Align service water to AFW pumps
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
* Start 1A MDAFW pump Examinee:
EXAMINER:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer                                  Aaron Forsha                Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                     Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: e. Page 2 of 6   CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP
: a. Just entered ESP-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water.
: a. Just entered ESP
: c. CST level is falling rapidly due to a tank rupture.
-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
: d. The 1A / 1B MDAFW and TDAFW pumps were secured due to the onset of cavitation.
: b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water
. c. CST level is falling rapidly due to a tank rupture
. d. The 1 A / 1B MDAFW and TDAFW pumps were secured due to the onset of cavitation.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to align service water to the AFW system , then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria
Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.
. EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:                                     STANDARDS:                                   (CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE: BOP keys are labeled for inventory purposes only, any key will fit any valve on BOP.
START TIME NOTE: BOP keys are labeled for inventory purposes only, any key will fit any valve on BOP.
: 1. (per Note)
: 1. (per Note)                               Keys obtained. NOTE: Keys for BOP valves S / U Obtain the keys for MOV-3209A          on Simulator are located outside the MCR, and MOV-3209B.                        going towards the BOP, in a key locker on the side of the chart rack.
Obtain the keys for MOV
: 2. (Step 4.7.1)                           Shift Chemist is called and informed that SW  S / U Notify Shift Chemist that SW will      will be supplied to the steam generators.
-3209A and MOV-3209B. Keys obtained. NOTE: Keys for BOP valves on Simulator are located outside the MCR, going towards the BOP, in a key locker on the side of the chart rack.
be added to the steam generators.     (CUE from Booth operator: The Shift Chemist acknowledges.)
S  /  U    2. (Step 4.7.1)
: 3. (step 4.7.2)                           Service water system checked. Observes bus   S / U Verify the service water system is    power is available, the pump breakers are in operation.                          closed, and header pressure is >70psig.
Notify Shift Chemist that SW will be added to the steam generators.
  *4. (step 4.7.3)                           Key placed in switch for MOV-3209A and       S / U Open MOV-3209A.                        taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
Shift Chemist is called and informed that SW will be supplied to the steam generators.
  *5. (step 4.7.3)                           Key placed in switch for MOV-3209B and       S / U Open MOV-3209B.                        taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
(CUE from Booth operator
  *6. (step 4.7.4)                           Handswitch for MOV-3210A taken to open.       S / U Open service water to MDAFW            Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
: The Shift Chemist acknowledges.)
pump 1A MOV-3210A.
S  /  U    3. (step 4.7.2)
 
Verify the service water system is in operation.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                       Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
Service water system checked. Observes bus power is available, the pump breakers are closed, and header pressure is >70psig. S  /  U    *4. (step 4.7.3)
ELEMENTS:                                 STANDARDS:                                         (CIRCLE)
Open MOV-3209A. Key placed in switch for MOV
  *7. (step 4.7.4)                         Handswitch for MOV-3210B taken to open.           S / U Open service water to MDAFW        Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
-3209A and taken to ope
pump 1B MOV-3210B.
: n. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
  *8. (step 4.7.4)                       Handswitch for MOV-3216 taken to open.             S / U Open service water to TDAFW        Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
S  /  U    *5. (step 4.7.3)
pump MOV-3216.
Open MOV-3209B. Key placed in switch for MOV
: 9. (step 4.7.4.1)                     Determines this is NOT necessary                  S / U IF necessary to align TDAFWP suction from B Train service water, THEN perform the following:
-3209B and taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
: 10. (step 4.7.5)                         Operator goes to section 4.1 of SOP-22 for        S / U IF required, THEN place AFW         MDAFW pump start-up system in operation per Section 4.1 or 4.3 of this SOP.
S  /  U    *6. (step 4.7.4)
: 11. (step 4.1.1)                         Operator checks JK1 and JK2 not in alarm.          S / U Verify 1A or 1B MDAFWP SUCT         Observes JK1 and JK2 white lights not lit.
Open service water to MDAFW pum p 1A MOV-3210A. Handswitch for MOV
PRESS LO annunciator clear for the MDAFWP to be started.
-3210A taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
* JK1, 1A MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO clear.
S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
* JK2, 1B MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO clear.
: e. Page 3 of 6   EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
NOTE: Depending on plant conditions, an AFW Auto-Start signal may be present. Use of the MCB placard (Figure 3 of SOP-22) will be required to reset this signal. The student may elect to take all three handswitches to RESET per the guidance below. However, only MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN and/or MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET B TRN will be required to be taken to RESET if its associated handswitch WHITE light is lit. Taking the handswitch(es) to RESET will cause the associated WHITE light(s) to go out and allow 3227A/B/C to be closed in element 12.
(CIRCLE)   *7. (step 4.7.4)
Open service water to MDAFW pump 1B MOV-3210B. Handswitch for MOV
-3210B taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out. S  /  U    *8. (step 4.7.4)
Open service water to TDAFW pump MOV-3216. Handswitch for MOV
-3216 taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
S  /  U      9. (step 4.7.4.1)   IF necessary to align TDAFWP suction from B Train service water, THEN perform the following:
Determines this is NOT necessary S  /  U    10. (step 4.7.5)   IF required, THEN place AFW system in operation per Section 4.1 or 4.3 of this SOP.
Operator goes to section 4.1 of SOP
-22 for MDAFW pump start
-up S  /  U    11. (step 4.1.1) Verify 1A or 1B MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO annunciator clear for the MDAFWP to be started.
JK1, 1A MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO clear.
JK2, 1B MDAFWP SUCT PRESS LO clear.
Operator checks JK1 and JK2 not in alarm.
Observes JK1 and JK2 white lights not lit.
S  /  U    NOTE: Depending on plant conditions, an AFW Auto
-Start signal may be present.
Use of the MCB placard (Figure 3 of SOP
-22) will be required to reset this signal. The student may elect to take all three handswitches to RESET per the guidance below. However, only MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN and/or MDAFWP FCV 3227 RES ET B TRN will be required to be taken to RESET if its associated handswitch WHITE light is lit. Taking the handswitch(es) to RESET will cause the associated WHITE light(s) to go out and allow 3227A/B/C to be closed in element 12.
Placard on MCB:
Placard on MCB:
: 1. Momentarily place the following handswitches in RESET:
: 1. Momentarily place the following handswitches in RESET:
MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET B TRN TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET
* MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN
 
* MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET B TRN
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
* TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET
: e. Page 4 of 6    EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)    1 2. (step 4.1.
: 2)  Fully close MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B and 1C SG FLOW CONT HIC 3227AA, BA and CA (0% demand). Operator adjust s HIC 3227AA, BA and CA to 0% demand.
S  /  U    1 3. (step 4.1.
: 3)  Verify in the MOD position:
MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B and 1C SG Q1N23HV3227A, B and C MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG B TRN FCV 3227 Operator checks 3227A, B, and C in MOD position.
Operator checks MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG B TRN FCV3227 hand switch in MOD position S  /  U    *1 4. (step 4.1.
: 4)  Verify that a startup transient is indicated on the pump motor ammeter and that pump discharge pressure increases for the selected MDAFWP to be started.
Start 1A/1B MDAFWP Operator rotates 1A/1B pump start switch to start position and releases switch.
Observes Red light lit ,  starting current on II3305A/B increases and discharge pressure on PI3213A/B rising S  /  U    Terminate JPM after one MDAFW Pump is running.


STOP TIME         CRITICAL ELEMENTS
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                              Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
ELEMENTS:                                      STANDARDS:                                          (CIRCLE)
: 12. (step 4.1.2)                            Operator adjusts HIC 3227AA, BA and CA to            S / U Fully close MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B            0% demand.
and 1C SG FLOW CONT HIC 3227AA, BA and CA (0%
demand).
: 13. (step 4.1.3)                            Operator checks 3227A, B, and C in MOD              S / U Verify in the MOD position:              position.
* MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B and 1C SG Q1N23HV3227A, B and C Operator checks MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG
* MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG B                B TRN FCV3227 hand switch in MOD TRN FCV3227                            position
*14. (step 4.1.4)                              Operator rotates 1A/1B pump start switch to          S / U Verify that a startup transient is      start position and releases switch.
indicated on the pump motor              Observes Red light lit, starting current on ammeter and that pump discharge          II3305A/B increases and discharge pressure pressure increases for the selected      on PI3213A/B rising MDAFWP to be started.
* Start 1A/1B MDAFWP Terminate JPM after one MDAFW Pump is running.
STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-1-SOP-22.0, Version 68.4 2. FNP-1-ESP-1.2, Version 2 4 3. K/As: 061 A 1.0 5 RO-3.6   SRO-3.7   009EA1.11 RO-4.1 SRO-4.1   009EA2.39 RO-4.3 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 1.       FNP-1-SOP-22.0, Version 68.4
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 2.       FNP-1-ESP-1.2, Version 24
ELEMENT Evaluation 1 NON Critical:
: 3.       K/As: 061A1.05            RO-3.6         SRO-3.7 009EA1.11 RO-4.1                 SRO-4.1 009EA2.39 RO-4.3                 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
Valves in element 4 and 5 are operated with these keys but getting the key is not critical
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
. 2 NON Critical:
ELEMENT                                             Evaluation 1         NON Critical: Valves in element 4 and 5 are operated with these keys but getting the key is not critical.
Notification step only
2         NON Critical: Notification step only


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                         Page 5 of 6 3     NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 4-8   CRITICAL: Completes part of the assigned task by establishing the mechanical line up of Service Water the AFW pump suctions.
: e. Page 5 of 6   3 NON Critical:
9     NON Critical: Evaluation step, even if evaluated incorrectly has no consequence.
Check step only no actions required 4-8 CRITICAL: Completes part of the assigned task by establishing the mechanical line up of Service Water the AFW pump suctions.
10     NON Critical: Procedure flow path step, directing operator to next section.
9 NON Critical:
11     NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 12     NON Critical: Valves will already be nearly closed and failure to fully close them would have no adverse effects on the plant.
Evaluation step, even if evaluated incorrectly has no consequence
13     NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 14     CRITICAL: Starting one MDAFW pump is part of the assigned task and therefore critical. Observing proper starting indications is NOT Critical.
. 10 NON Critical:
Procedure flow path step, directing operator to next section.
11 NON Critical:
Check step only no actions required 12 NON Critical:
Valves will already be nearly closed and failure to fully close them would have no adverse effects on the plant.
13 NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 14 CRITICAL: Starting one MDAFW pump is part of the assigned task and therefore critical. Observing proper starting indications is NOT Critical.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.
 
Page 1 of 1     HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP.
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e.                                                                 Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Just entered ESP-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
: a. Just entered ESP
: b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water.
-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
: c. CST level is falling rapidly due to a tank rupture.
: b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water
. c. CST level is falling rapidly due to a tank rupture.
: d. The 1A / 1B MDAFW and TDAFW pumps were secured due to the onset of cavitation.
: d. The 1A / 1B MDAFW and TDAFW pumps were secured due to the onset of cavitation.
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required
: e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
.
Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.
Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.                                                                   Page 1 of 4
: f. Page 1 of 4 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/2/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
: f. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Two Train Verification Of ECCS Equipment EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         5 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-222 ALTERNATE PATH         X     TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___
-301-3  f. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Two Train Verification Of ECCS Equipment EVALUATION LOCATION
JPM DIRECTIONS:
:     X   SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
5 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-222   ALTERNATE PATH X       TIME CRITICAL PRA ___ JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
: 3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
: 4. Allow student time to review control board.
: 4. Allow student time to review control board.
: 5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task
: 5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
. TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
Recognize lack of support conditions for the operating diesel generator
* Recognize lack of support conditions for the operating diesel generator.
. Perform an emergency shutdown of the diesel generator
* Perform an emergency shutdown of the diesel generator.
. Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
Examinee:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
Developer                                Aaron Forsha                  Date: 2/2/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.                                                                 Page 2 of 4 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION.
: f. Page 2 of 4   CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
: a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
: b. Unit 2 service water to the 1B Diesel Generator is tagged closed.
: b. Unit 2 service water to the 1B Diesel Generator is tagged closed.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to complete Attachment 4 Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification, of EEP-0.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                STANDARDS:                                    (CIRCLE)
START TIME
: 1.    (step 1.1)                        Check DF01 closed.                            S / U Check breaker DF01 closed.        Observes DF01 red light lit. White power available lights lit for F 4160V bus.
: 2.    (step 1.2)                        Check DF02 closed.                            S / U Verify breaker DF02 closed.      Observes DF02 red light lit. White power available lights lit for K 4160V bus.
: 3.    (step 1.3)                        Check DG15 closed.                            S / U Check breaker DG15 closed.        Observes DG15 red light lit. White power available lights lit for G 4160V bus.
: 4.    (step 1.4)                        Examinee may take breaker DG02 to reset then  S / U Verify breaker DG02 closed.      to close. The examinee should not attempt to reset the breaker.
Observes DG02 green and amber lights lit.
White power available lights not lit for L 4160V bus.
RNO 1.4 Secure 1B DG per attachment 1 (student may use posted procedure).
*5.    (step 1.1) Attachment 1          Train A and B SI reset pushbuttons depressed. S / U Verify SI is RESET.              Observes MLB-1 1-1 and MLB1 11-1 are not lit.
*6.    (step 1.2) Attachment 1          1B DG MODE SELECTOR SWITCH placed in          S / U Place the affected diesel        MODE 2 position.
generator MODE SELECTOR Observes The MSS is in MODE 2.
SWITCH to MODE 2.
*7.    (step 1.3) Attachment 1          1B diesel generator EMERG START RESET          S / U Depress the affected diesel      pushbutton depressed.
generator DIESEL EMERG            Observes the DG EMERG START light goes START RESET pushbutton.          out.


Your task is to complete Attachment 4 "Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification"
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.                                                                         Page 3 of 4 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
, of EEP-0. EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
ELEMENTS:                                   STANDARDS:                                           (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
Note: Failure to perform steps 1.5 (Element 9) and 1.6 (Element 10) immediately following step 1.4 (Element 8) may result in restart of the diesel generator when the low speed relay de-energizes.
START TIME
*8.     (step 1.4) Attachment 1             1B diesel generator STOP pushbutton depressed.       S / U Depress affected diesel            Observes DIESEL STOP light lit.
: 1. (step 1.1)
generator STOP pushbutton.
Check breaker DF01 closed.
*9.     (step 1.5) Attachment 1             1B diesel generator MODE SELECTOR                   S / U Place affected diesel generator     SWITCH placed to MODE 3.
Check DF01 closed.
MODE SELECTOR                      Observes The MSS is in MODE 3. EPB SWITCH to MODE 3.                  annunciator VB1 alarms.
Observes DF01 red light lit. White power available lights lit for 'F' 4160V bus.
: 10.     (step 1.6) Attachment 1             1B diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START               S / U Depress the affected diesel         RESET button is depressed.
S  /  U    2. (step 1.2)
generator DIESEL EMERG              Observes DG EMERG START light remains START RESET pushbutton.            off.
Verify breaker DF02 closed.
STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
Check DF02 closed.
CUE: Another operator will complete the remainder of Attachment 4.
Observes DF02 red light lit. White power available lights lit for 'K' 4160V bus.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
S  /  U    3. (step 1.3)
Check breaker DG15 closed.
Check DG15 closed.
Observes DG15 red light lit. White power available lights lit for 'G' 4160V bus.
S  /  U    4. (step 1.4)
Verify breaker DG02 closed.
Examinee may take breaker DG02 to reset then to close. The examinee should not attempt to reset the breaker.
Observes DG02 green and amber lights lit. White power available lights not lit for 'L' 4160V bus.
S  /  U RNO 1.4 Secure 1B DG per attachment 1 (student may use posted procedure).
    *5. (step 1.1)
Attachment 1 Verify SI is RESET.
Train A and B SI reset pushbutton s depressed. Observes MLB-1 1-1 and MLB1 11
-1 are not lit.
S  /  U    *6. (step 1.2)
Attachment 1 Place the affected diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 2.
1B DG MODE SELECTOR SWITCH placed in MODE 2 position.
Observes The MSS is in MODE 2.
S  /  U    *7. (step 1.3) Attachment 1 Depress the affected diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
1B diesel generator EMERG START RESET pushbutton depressed.
Observes the DG EMERG START light goes out. S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
: f. Page 3 of 4   EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)   Note: Failure to perform steps 1.5 (Element 9) and 1.6 (Element 10) immediately following step 1.4 (Element 8) may result in restart of the diesel generator when the low speed relay de-energizes.
    *8. (step 1.4) Attachment 1 Depress affected diesel generator STOP pushbutton.
1B diesel generator STOP pushbutton depressed. Observes DIESEL STOP light lit.
S  /  U    *9. (step 1.5) Attachment 1 Place affected diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 3.
1B diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH placed to MODE 3.
Observes The MSS is in MODE 3. EPB annunciator VB1 alarms.
S  /  U    10. (step 1.6) Attachment 1 Depress the affected diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
1B diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET button is depressed.
Observes DG EMERG START light remains off. S  /  U STOP TIME     Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
CUE: "Another operator will complete the remainder of Attachment 4."
CRITICAL ELEMENTS
: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0
: 1. FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0
: 2. K/As: 064A4.06 RO-3.9 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2. K/As: 064A4.06             RO-3.9         SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT Evaluation 1-4 NON Critical:
ELEMENT                                             Evaluation 1-4       NON Critical: Elements have no consequential actions performed. Checking positions of breakers.
Elements have no consequential actions performed. Checking positions of breakers.
5         CRITICAL: Allows the Emergency Start Signal to clear to allow shutdown of DG.
5 CRITICAL: Allows the Emergency Start Signal to clear to allow shutdown of DG. 6 CRITICAL: Position allows for DG to be shutdown from EPB.
6         CRITICAL: Position allows for DG to be shutdown from EPB.
7 CRITICAL: Resets the Emergency Restart signal allowing the DG to be shutdown. 8 CRITICAL: Shuts DG down. 9 CRITICAL: Prevents any AUTO starts from restarting the DG. 10 NON Critical:
7         CRITICAL: Resets the Emergency Restart signal allowing the DG to be shutdown.
Clears any Emergency Start signals present. While in Mode 3 these signals have no effect on the diesel.
8         CRITICAL: Shuts DG down.
9         CRITICAL: Prevents any AUTO starts from restarting the DG.
10         NON Critical: Clears any Emergency Start signals present. While in Mode 3 these signals have no effect on the diesel.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
 
: f. Page 1 of 1   HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f.                                                               Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION.
. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
: b. Unit 2 service water to the 1B Diesel Generator is tagged closed.
: b. Unit 2 service water to the 1B Diesel Generator is tagged closed.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
: c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
Your task is to complete Attachment 4 Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification, of EEP-0.


Your task is to complete Attachment 4 "Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification", of EEP
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                                                   Page 1 of 6
-0.
: g. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Lower The Refueling Cavity Level Using The Residual Heat Removal System EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             IC-241 ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: g. Page 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/14/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
: 1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre-job brief.
-301-3  g. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Lower The Refueling Cavity Level Using The Residual Heat Removal System EVALUATION LOCATION
:     X   SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-24 1  ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___ JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre
-job brief.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 3. After pre-job brief complete, allow student time to review control board.
: 3. After pre-job brief complete, allow student time to review control board.
: 4. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
: 4. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
Operate the RHR system to lower cavity level
* Operate the RHR system to lower cavity level.
. Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
Examinee:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
Developer                                Aaron Forsha                  Date: 2/14/13 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                 Page 2 of 6 SIMULATOR SETUP Reset into IC-243 Danger tag the following:
: g. Page 2 of 6   SIMULATOR SETUP Reset into IC
o RCP hand switches o PZR heater control switches o 8809 MOVs o 8811 MOVs o 8812 MOVs o RMW pump Trend LT-2965B on the OATC IPC Computer Place working radios in booth and on OATC desk.
-243 Danger tag the following:
o RCP hand switches o PZR heater control switches o 8809 MOV's o 8811 MOV's o 8812 MOV's o RMW pump Trend LT-2965B on the OATC IPC Computer Place working radios in booth and on OATC desk.


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                                                     Page 3 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: g. Page 3 of 6   CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM.
: a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
: a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel
. b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
: c. The Tri-Nuclear Filter system is shutdown.
: c. The Tri-Nuclear Filter system is shutdown.
: d. The Cavity underwater lights are de
: d. The Cavity underwater lights are de-energized.
-energized.
: e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT.
: e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT
: f.   "B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned.
. f. " B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned. g. " A" Train RHR is operable and secured
: g.   "A" Train RHR is operable and secured.
. h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR
: h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR.
. i. The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7'
: i. The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7.
. j. A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics
: j. A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics.
. Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0' on IPC LT
Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0 on IPC LT-2965B per SOP-7.0, Step 4.11.2.
-2965B per SOP
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
-7.0, Step 4.11.2.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                  STANDARDS:                                        (CIRCLE)
START TIME
*1.    (step 4.11.2.2)                    Handswitch for MOV-8887B taken to close.          S / U Close RHR to RCS hot legs          Observes GREEN light is lit.
X-connect MOV-8887B
*2.    (step 4.11.2.3)                    Handswitch for MOV-8888A taken to close.          S / U Close 1A RHR Hx to RCS            Observes GREEN light is lit.
cold leg iso MOV-8888A
: 3.    (step 4.11.2.4)                    MOV-8701A & 8701B position indication            S / U Verify open RCS loop suction      checked. Observes RED lights are lit.
MOV-8701A & 8701B
: 4.    (step 4.11.2.5)                    MOV-8889 position indication checked.            S / U Verify closed RHR to hot leg      Observes GREEN light is lit.
iso MOV-8889
: 5.      (step 4.11.2.6)                    SO directed to locally verify flow.              S / U Verify pump seal cooler flow      (CUE from Booth operator: SO reports CCW
        >5.5 gpm for 1A RHR pump          seal flow is 7 gpm.)


INITIATING CUE: "You may begin."
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                                           Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
ELEMENTS:                             STANDARDS:                                   (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)              START TIME
*6.   (step 4.11.2.7)               1A RHR pump handswitch taken to start.       S / U Start the 1A RHR pump          Observes the RED light lit, and ~25 amps indicated.
    *1. (step 4.11.2.2)
: 7.     (step 4.11.2.8)               MOV-602A indicates open.                     S / U Verify open 1A RHR            Observes RED light is lit.
Close RHR to RCS hot legs X-connect  MOV-8887 B Handswitch for MOV
miniflow MOV-602A NOTE: FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE REMAINING STEPS, OPERATORS ARE ON STATION AT THE REFUELING CAVITY AND AT V-8881 AVAILABLE BY GAITRONICS.
-8887 B taken to close. Observes GREEN light is lit. S  /  U    *2. (step 4.11.2.
*8.   (step 4.11.2.9)               SO directed to throttle open V-8881 and     S / U While monitoring the RWST      commence lowering level.
: 3) Close 1A RHR Hx to RCS cold leg iso MOV-8888 A Handswitch for MOV
and cavity levels, unlock and  (CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 throttle open V-8881 to        throttled open.)
-8888 A taken to close. Observes GREEN light is lit.
control cavity drain rate
S  /  U    3. (step 4.11.2.
: 9.     (step 4.11.3)                 Monitors level for desired condition.        S / U Lower Refueling Cavity level   Observes IPC level indication lowering.
: 4) Verify open RCS loop suction MOV-870 1A & 870 1 B MOV-870 1A & 870 1B position indication checked. Observes RED lights are lit. S  /  U    4. (step 4.11.2.
to obtain one of the following conditions:
: 5) Verify closed RHR to hot leg iso MOV-8889 MOV-8889 position indication checked. Observes GREEN light is lit.
* approximately 6 inches below the reactor vessel flange (draining to install removed components)
S  /  U    5. (step 4.11.2.
* desired level
: 6) Verify pump seal cooler flow >5.5 gpm for 1A RHR pump SO directed to locally verify flow.
*10.   (step 4.11.3.1) WHEN desired 1A RHR pump handswitch taken to stop.          S / U level obtained, THEN Stop     Observes the GREEN light is lit and amps 1A(1B) RHR PUMP started in decrease to 0.
(CUE from Booth operator
step 4.11.2.7.
: SO reports CCW seal flow is 7 gpm.) S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
: 11.    (step 4.11.3.2)               SO directed to close and lock V-8881.        S / U Close and lock V-8881         (CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 closed and locked.)
: g. Page 4 of 6   EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
STOP TIME Terminate when RHR pump secured.
(CIRCLE)       *6. (step 4.11.2.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
: 7) Start the 1 A RHR pump 1 A RHR pump handswitch taken to start. Observes the RED light lit, and  
~25 amps indicated.
S  /  U    7. (step 4.11.2.
: 8) Verify open 1 A RHR miniflow MOV-602 A MO V-602 A indicates open.
Observes RED light is lit.
S  /  U    NOTE: FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE REMAINING STEPS, OPERATORS ARE ON STATION AT THE REFUELING CAVITY AND AT V-8881 AVAILABLE BY GAITRONICS
.    *8. (step 4.11.2.
: 9) While monitoring the RWST and cavity levels, unlock and throttle open V-8881 to control cavity drain rate SO directed to throttle open V
-8881 and commence lowering level.
(CUE from Booth operator
: SO reports V
-8881 throttled open.)
S  /  U    9. (ste p 4.11.3) Lower Refueling Cavity level to obtain one of the following conditions:
approximately 6 inches below the reactor vessel flange (draining to install removed components) desired level Monitors level for desired condition.
Observes IPC level indication lowering.
S  /  U    *10. (step 4.11.3.1) WHEN desired level obtained, THEN Stop 1A(1B) RHR PUMP started in step 4.11.2.7.
1A RHR pump handswitch taken to stop. Observes the GREEN light is lit and amps decrease to 0.
S  /  U   11. (step 4.11.3.2)   Close and lock V-8881 SO directed to close and lock V-8881. (CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 closed and locked
.) S  /  U STOP TIME       Terminate when RHR pump secured
. CRITICAL ELEMENTS
: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                                               Page 5 of 6 GENERAL  
: g. Page 5 of 6   GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-1-SOP-7.0, Version 100.1
: 1. FNP-1-SOP-7.0, Version 100.1
: 2. K/A: 034A1.02 RO-2.9   SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2. K/A: 034A1.02         RO-2.9         SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT                                      Evaluation 1    CRITICAL: Provides separation between operating train and train being used for draining.
2    CRITICAL: Isolates flow path to RCS 3    NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
4    NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
5    NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
6    CRITICAL: Starting pump provides pressure to move water to RWST.
7    NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
8    CRITICAL: Initiates flow to RWST draining cavity level.
9    NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.
10    CRITICAL: Stopping pump secures lowering of cavity level prior to level reaching 149.5.
11    NON Critical: Stopping the RHR pump will stop the cavity from lowering.
The RWST is at a higher level than the refueling cavity and the configuration is such that siphoning will not occur.
COMMENTS:


None  Critical ELEMENT justification:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g.                                                                     Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ELEMENT Evaluation 1 CRITICAL: Provides separation between operating train and train being used for draining.
2 CRITICAL: Isolates flow path to RCS 3 NON Critical:
Check step only no operation performed.
4 NON Critical:
Check step only no operation performed.
5 NON Critical:
Check step only no operation performed.
6 CRITICAL: Starting pump provides pressure to move water to RWST.
7 NON Critical:
Check step only no operation performed.
8 CRITICAL: Initiates flow to RWST draining cavity level.
9 NON Critical:
Check step only no operation performed. 10 CRITICAL:
Stopping pump secures lowering of cavity level prior to level reaching 149.5'.
11 NON Critical:
Stopping the RHR pump will stop the cavity from lowering. The RWST is at a higher level than the refueling cavity and the configuration is such that siphoning will not occur.
COMMENTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
: g. Page 1 of 1     HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
: a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
: b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
: b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
: c. The Tri-Nuclear Filter system is shutdown.
: c. The Tri-Nuclear Filter system is shutdown.
: d. The Cavity underwater lights are de
: d. The Cavity underwater lights are de-energized.
-energized.
: e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT.
: e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT
: f. "B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned.
. f. " B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned. g. " A" Train RHR is operable and secured
: g. "A" Train RHR is operable and secured.
. h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR
: h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR.
. i. The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7'
: i. The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7.
. j. A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics
: j. A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics.
. Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0' on IPC LT
Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0 on IPC LT-2965B per SOP-7.0, Step 4.11.2.
-2965B per SOP
-7.0, Step 4.11.2.


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                   Page 1 of 7
: h. Page 1 of 7   Developer Howard Fitzwater Dat e: 4/25/11 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
: h. Simulator JPM CRO-395D TITLE: OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12 EVALUATION LOCATION:             X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:         7 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-243 ALTERNATE PATH             TIME CRITICAL             PRA ___
-301-3  h. Simulator JPM CRO-395D TITLE: OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12 EVALUATION LOCATION
JPM DIRECTIONS:
:     X   SIMULATOR         PROJECTED TIME:
: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
7 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-2 43    ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA ___ JPM DIRECTIONS: 1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
: 2. Turn one IPC computer around so that the examinee will not be able to see it available for examiner. Display point J12.
: 2. Turn one IPC computer around so that the examinee will not be able to see it available for examiner. Display point J12.
: 3. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
: 3. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
Line 898: Line 677:
: 5. Allow student time to review control board.
: 5. Allow student time to review control board.
: 6. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
: 6. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
Report the value of the specified CETC as indicated by SOP
* Report the value of the specified CETC as indicated by SOP-68.0.
-68.0. Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
Examinee:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
Developer                    Howard Fitzwater                          Date: 4/25/11 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3


ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                   Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: h. Page 2 of 7     CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12
. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.
: a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.
Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP SOP-68.0. INITIATING CUE , "You may begin
Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP-1-SOP-68.0.
."  NOTE S TO EXAMINER:
INITIATING CUE, You may begin.
: 1) J12 ADDRESS IS IN TABLE 7, AND J12 IS IN CHANNEL 'A'; a common error is that B train is manipulated during this task.
NOTES TO EXAMINER:
: 2) J12 will be displayed o n a Plant Computer unavailable to the examinee to aid the examiner in verifying the correct value is obtained.
: 1) J12 ADDRESS IS IN TABLE 7, AND J12 IS IN CHANNEL A; a common error is that B train is manipulated during this task.
: 2) J12 will be displayed on a Plant Computer unavailable to the examinee to aid the examiner in verifying the correct value is obtained.
: 3) An alternate method exists to complete this task. Although not expected to be performed by the examinee, this method starts at element 9.
: 3) An alternate method exists to complete this task. Although not expected to be performed by the examinee, this method starts at element 9.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1. (step 4.6.2.1)
: 1. (step 4.6.2.1)                                     Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as S / U Determine the two digit address for thermocouple    address point and is an A train J12                                                CETC.
Determine the two digit address for thermocouple J12 Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as address point and is an A train CETC. S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
: h. Page 3 of 7    EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:  ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
* 2. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: "With CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated-" ) Place A train in CET AS found:  TMAX mode 1 st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.
TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed once. Observes CET light lit.
 
S  /  U
* 3. (step 4.6.2.2
) Select display to CE
 
AS found: HI 1 st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3 rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE st nd 1 2/ pushbutton depressed until "CE" displayed. 


S /   U
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                        Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
* 4. (step 4.6.2.3 and 4.6.2.4
ELEMENTS:                                            STANDARDS:                              (CIRCLE)
) Select display to CE00 AS found: HI .
* 2. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial    TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed            S / U conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or once.
1 st button push: CE .
may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: With Observes CET light lit.
2nd button push: ALL.
CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated )
3 rd button push: return to HI . mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODEACKALARMACK pushbutton depressed until submode portion of the SUBMODE st nd 1 2/ pushbutton is illuminated and not flashing, "1st" portion of the SUBMODE st nd 1 2/ pushbutton is flashing.
Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.
S  /  U
* 3. (step 4.6.2.2)                                       SUBMODE                                S / U pushbutton depressed Select display to CE                                1st / 2 nd until CE displayed.
* 5. (step 4.6.2.5) Align display to read CE 10 Depress SUBMODE st nd 1 2/ pushbutton until 1 appears in the "tens" digit.
AS found: HI 1st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved
* 4. (step 4.6.2.3 and 4.6.2.4)                          SUBMODE ACK                            S / U pushbutton Select display to CE00                              ALARM ACK depressed until submode portion of AS found: HI .                                            SUBMODE 1st button push: CE .                                the                   pushbutton is 2nd button push: ALL.                                        1st / 2 nd 3rd button push: return to HI . mode                  illuminated and not flashing, May be repeated until desired mode achieved                                    SUBMODE 1st portion of the 1st / 2 nd pushbutton is flashing.
* 5. (step 4.6.2.5)                                                 SUBMODE                      S / U Depress                    pushbutton Align display to read CE 10                                     1st / 2 nd until 1 appears in the tens digit.


S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                     Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
: h. Page 4 of 7     EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
* 6. (step 4.6.2.6)                                                 SUBMODE ACK                S / U Depress Align to select ones digit                                     ALARM ACK pushbutton.
* 6. (step 4.6.2.
* 7. (step 4.6.2.7)                                                 SUBMODE                    S / U Depress                  pushbutton Align display to read CE 14                                   1st / 2 nd until 4 is displayed in the ones digit. 1st/2nd pushbutton depressed until CE 14 in monitor window.
: 6) Align to select ones digit Depress SUBMODEACKALARMACK pushbutton.
* 8. (step 4.6.2.8)                                       SUBMODE ACK                          S / U pushbutton Determine value of J12                             ALARM ACK depressed.
S  /  U
ALTERNAT E METHOD
* 7. (step 4.6.2.7
: 9. (step 4.6.2.1)                                     Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as     S / U Determine the two digit address for thermocouple  address point and is an A train J12                                              CETC.
) Align display to read CE 14 Depress SUBMODE st nd 1 2/ pushbutton until 4 is displayed in the "ones" digit. 1st/2nd pushbutton depressed until CE 14 in monitor window.
* 10. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial   TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed        S / U conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or once.
S  /  U
may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: With Observes CET light lit.
* 8. (step 4.6.2.8
CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated )
) Determine value of J12 SUBMODEACKALARMACK pushbutton depressed.
Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.
S  /  U  ALTERNAT E METHOD
: 9. (step 4.6.2.1)
Determine the two digit address for thermocouple J12 Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as address point and is an A train CETC. S  /  U
* 10. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: "With CET portion of the TMAX/CET push
-button illuminated-" ) Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1 st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.
TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed once. Observes CET light lit.
S  /  U ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
: h. Page 5 of 7    EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:  ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
* 11. (step 4.6.2.2)
Select display to ALL AS found: HI 1 st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3 rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE st nd 1 2/ pushbutton depressed until "ALL" displayed. 


S  /  U
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                      Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
* 12. (step 4.6.2.3)
ELEMENTS:                                              STANDARDS:                            (CIRCLE)
Acknowledge display in ALL AS found: HI .
* 11. (step 4.6.2.2)                                       SUBMODE                              S / U pushbutton depressed Select display to ALL                                1st / 2 nd until ALL displayed.
1 st button push: CE .
AS found: HI 1st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved
2nd button push: ALL.
* 12. (step 4.6.2.3)                                      SUBMODE ACK                          S / U pushbutton Acknowledge display in ALL                          ALARM ACK depressed until submode portion of AS found: HI .                                              SUBMODE 1st button push: CE .                                  the                 pushbutton is 2nd button push: ALL.                                        1st / 2 nd 3rd button push: return to HI . mode                  illuminated and not flashing, May be repeated until desired mode achieved NOTE: In the ALL submode, the display will start to automatically sequence through all quadrant and SUBMODE ACK core exit temperature values as soon as the ALARM ACK pushbutton is depressed.
3 rd button push: return to HI . mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODEACKALARMACK pushbutton depressed until submode portion of the SUBMODE st nd 1 2/ pushbutton is illuminated and not flashing, S  /  U  NOTE: In the "ALL" submode, the display will start to automatically sequence through all quadrant and core exit temperature values as soon as the SUBMODEACKALARMACK pushbutton is depressed.
* 13. Determine value of J12                             Examinee will wait until CE14 is     S / U displayed and then determine the value.
* 13. Determine value of J12 Examinee will wait until CE14 is displayed and then determine the value. S  /  U STOP TIME     Terminate when the value for thermocouple J12 is displayed.
STOP TIME Terminate when the value for thermocouple J12 is displayed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP SOP-68.0 Revision 8.
: 1. FNP SOP-68.0 Revision 8.1
1 2. K/As: 017A4.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2. K/As:     017A4.01             RO-3.8                         SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
None
: h. Page 6 of 7   Critical ELEMENT justification:
 
STEP Evaluation
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                                       Page 6 of 7 Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 1. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element
STEP                                                     Evaluation
(#7). 2. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 1. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#7).
: 3. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocoupl
: 2. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: e. 4. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 5. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 3. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 6. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 7. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 4. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 8. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 5. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 6. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 7. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 8. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
ALTERNATE METHOD
ALTERNATE METHOD
: 9. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#13).
: 9. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#13).
: 10. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 10. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 11. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 12. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 11. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
: 13. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASK's objective The examinee must wait until the correct thermocouple address is displayed get the correct value for that thermocouple.
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 12. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
* This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
: 13. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective The examinee must wait until the correct thermocouple address is displayed get the correct value for that thermocouple.
COMMENTS:


COMMENTS:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h.                                                           Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM
: h. Page 1 of 1   HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12
. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.
: a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.
Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP SOP-68.0.
Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP-1-SOP-68.0.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i. Page 1 of 5 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
 
-301-3  i. In Plant JPM SO-344 TITLE: Start Up An Instrumentation Inverter EVALUATION LOCATION:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.                                                           Page 1 of 5
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X   PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
: i. In Plant JPM SO-344 TITLE: Start Up An Instrumentation Inverter EVALUATION LOCATION:               SIMULATOR             CONTROL ROOM     X PLANT PROJECTED TIME:         20 MIN     SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:         N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL             PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
20 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
N/A     ALTERNATE PATH           TIME CRITICAL PRA           JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED. 2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
: 3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.
: 3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
Place the A Instrument Inverter in service Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
* Place the A Instrument Inverter in service Examinee:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:         Satisfactory                 Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
Developer                                Aaron Forsha            Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                  SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i. Pag e 2 of 5   CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.                                                                     Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
: a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
: b. Instrumentation inverter 'A' is being returned to service after maintenance.
: b. Instrumentation inverter A is being returned to service after maintenance.
Your task is to place instrumentation inverter A in service per FNP-1[2]-SOP-36.4 starting at step 4.1.2.
INITIATING CUE, You may begin.
NOTE: THIS JPM MAY BE PERFORMED ON EITHER UNIT. THE UNIT TWO NUMBERS, IF DIFFERENT, ARE [BRACKETED].
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                              STANDARDS:                          (CIRCLE)
START TIME
: 1.    (step 4.1.2.1)                                  Breakers verified in OFF.          S / U Verify the battery input breaker in OFF          (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
: 2.    (step 4.1.2.2)                                  Breaker is verified in OFF.        S / U Verify the inverter output breaker in OFF      (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
: 3.    (step 4.1.2.3)                                  In 120VAC Distribution Panel G    S / U Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC    breaker #8 [#7] is verified closed.
supply breaker                                  (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
*4.    (step 4.1.2.4)                                  LA-10 handswitch is taken to the    S / U Close the inverter A DC supply breaker        closed position.
(CUE: The indicating light changed from green to red and the mechanical indicator indicates closed.)
*5.    (step 4.1.2.5)                                  The battery input breaker is taken  S / U Place the battery input breaker in the ON      to ON.
position                                        (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)


Your task is to place instrumentation inverter 'A' in service per F NP-1[2]-SOP-36.4 starting at step 4.1.2
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.                                                                   Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
. INITIATING CUE , "You may begin."
ELEMENTS:                                           STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
NOTE: THIS JPM MAY BE PERFORMED ON EITHER UNIT. THE UNIT TWO NUMBERS, IF DIFFERENT, ARE [BRACKETED].
*6.  (step 4.1.2.6)                               The inverter output breaker is       S / U Place the inverter output breaker in the ON   taken to ON.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
position                                      (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
(CIRCLE)               START TIME
: 7.    (step 4.1.2.7)                               The Inverter In Sync light should  S / U Verify that the inverter is in sync with the be lit and the Out Of Sync light bypass source                                should be out.
: 1. (step 4.1.2.1)
(CUE: In SYNC lamp is lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp is not.)
Verify the battery input breaker in OFF Breakers verified in OFF(CUE:  the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
NOTE: In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).
S  /  U    2. (step 4.1.2.2)
*8.   (step 4.1.2.8)                               The Manual Bypass Switch is          S / U Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS switch to         transferred.
Verify the inverter output breaker in OFF Breaker is verified in OFF.  (CUE:  the identified breaker(s) is as you described
the NORMAL OPERATION position                 (CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)
.) S / U     3. (step 4.1.2.3)
*9.   (step 4.1.2.9)                               The INVERTER TO LOAD                 S / U Press the INVERTER TO LOAD                   pushbutton is depressed.
Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker In 120VAC Distribution Panel 'G' breaker #8 [#7] is verified closed.
pushbutton NOTE: NON-CRITICAL ELEMENT 10 IS NOT PROCEDURALIZED ON UNIT 2.
(CUE:  the identified breaker(s) is as you described
: 10.   (step 4.1.2.9.1 UNIT 1 ONLY)                 INVERTER POWERING LOAD               S / U Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp checked.
.) S  /  U    *4. (step 4.1.2.4)
lamp lit                                      (CUE: INVERTER POWEREING LOAD lamp is lit.)
Close the inverter 'A' DC supply breaker LA-10 handswitch is taken to the closed position.
: 11. Report to the CRO that inverter A has       The CRO is notified.                 S / U been placed in service                        (CUE: The CRO acknowledges.)
(CUE: The indicating light changed from green to red and the mechanical indicator indicates closed.) S  /  U    *5. (step 4.1.2.5)
STOP TIME Terminate after Control Room Operator is informed that inverter A has been placed in service.
Place the battery input breaker in the ON position The battery input breaker is taken to 'ON'.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
(CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
S  /  U ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i. Pag e 3 of 5  EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)   *6. (step 4.1.2.6)
Place the inverter output breaker in the O N position The inverter output breaker is taken to 'ON'.
(CUE:  the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
S / U   7. (step 4.1.2.7)
Verify that the inverter is in sync with the bypass source The Inverter 'In Sync' light should be lit and the 'Out Of Sync' light should be out.
(CUE: In SYNC lamp is lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp is not.)
S  /  U    NOTE: In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).   *8. (step 4.1.2.8)
Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position The Manual Bypass Switch is transferred.
(CUE: the identified switch is as you described.) S  /  U    *9. (step 4.1.2.9)
Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton The INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton is depressed.
S  /  U    NOTE: NON-CRITICAL ELEMENT 10 IS NOT PROCEDURALIZED ON UNIT 2.
: 10. (step 4.1.2.9.1 UNIT 1 ONLY
) Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp lit INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp checked.
(CUE: INVERTER POWEREING LOAD lamp is lit.)
S  /  U    1 1. Report to the CRO that inverter 'A' has been placed in service The CRO is notified.
(CUE: The CRO acknowledges.)
S  /  U STOP TIME     Terminate after Control Room Operator is informed that inverter A has been placed in service.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS
: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-1-SOP-36.4, Ver 81.0
: 1.     FNP-1-SOP-36.4, Ver 81.0
: 2. FNP-2-SOP-36.4, Ver 62.1
: 2.     FNP-2-SOP-36.4, Ver 62.1
: 3. K/As: 062A2.03 RO-2.9 SRO-3.4 ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i. Pag e 4 of 5     057AA1.01 RO-3.7 SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 3.     K/As: 062A2.03           RO-2.9     SRO-3.4
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
 
ELEMENT Evaluation 1-3 NOT Critical
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.                                                                   Page 4 of 5 057AA1.01       RO-3.7         SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: Check steps only, no operations performed
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
. 4-6 Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in
ELEMENT                                         Evaluation 1-3   NOT Critical: Check steps only, no operations performed.
-service. 7 NOT Critical:
4-6   Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in-service.
No operations performed.
7   NOT Critical: No operations performed.
8, 9 Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in
8, 9   Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in-service.
-service. 10 NOT Critical
10   NOT Critical: Check steps only, no operations performed.
: Check steps only, no operations performed
11   NOT Critical: Notification step only.
. 11 NOT Critical
COMMENTS:
: Notification step only.
COMMENTS:  


This page is intentionally blank.
Unit 1 Unit 2 This page is intentionally blank.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i. Page 1 of 1   HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i.                                                                     Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
: a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
: b. Instrumentation inverter 'A' is being returned to service after maintenance.
: b. Instrumentation inverter A is being returned to service after maintenance.
Your task is to place instrumentation inverter A in service per FNP-1[2]-SOP-36.4 starting at step 4.1.2.


Your task is to place instrumentation inverter 'A' in service per FNP
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                    Farley Nuclear Plant                  FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                          Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                  1 of 62 S
-1[2]-SOP-36.4 starting at step 4.1.2.
A F
E T
Y 120V AC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY                                  SECTIONS Continuous:                                  ALL
 
==Reference:==
NONE Information:                                NONE Approved By: David L Reed (for)      Effective Date:  November 1, 2012 Operations Manager


UNIT 1Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 1 of 62 S A F E T Y 120V AC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS R E L A T E DPROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous: ALL
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                Farley Nuclear Plant                       FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                           Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                       2 of 62 Procedure Version Description Version Number                             Version Description Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES 81.0 WRITERS GUIDE.


==Reference:==
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                                 Farley Nuclear Plant                                                       FNP-1-SOP-36.4                   81.0 1/17/2013                                                                                                               Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                                                             3 of 62 Table of Contents Page 1.0    Purpose .........................................................................................................................................4
NONE Information: NONE Approved By:  David L Reed  (for)  Effective Date:  November 1, 2012  Operations Manager UNIT 1Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 2 of 62Procedure Version Description Version Number Version Description 81.0Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES WRITERS GUIDE.
2.0    Initial Conditions ............................................................................................................................4
UNIT 1Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-1-SOP-36.4  81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 3 of 62 Table of Contents Page 1.0Purpose .........................................................................................................................................42.0Initial Conditions ............................................................................................................
3.0    Precautions and Limitations ..........................................................................................................4
................
4.0    Instructions ....................................................................................................................................6
43.0Precautions and Limitations ..........................................................................................................44.0Instructions ....................................................................................................................................64.1120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation .......................................64.2TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation ...........................................................94.3Manually Transferring Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Power Supply ....................................254.4120V AC Regulated Instrumentation Panel 1A (B) Operation .........................................264.5Energizing 208/120V AC Instrument Panel 1H (J) ..........................................................264.6Energizing 208/120V AC Control Power Panel 1N (R), [S] .............................................274.7Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C] ..........................................................................................................
4.1    120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation .......................................6
284.8Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E] .........................................................................................................2 94.9Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C] ..........................................................................................................
4.2    TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation ...........................................................9
304.10Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E] .........................................................................................................3 14.11120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up ......................................324.12SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation  
4.3    Manually Transferring Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Power Supply ....................................25
..............................................334.13AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation: .............................................364.14DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation .................................................405.0References ..................................................................................................................................42FIGURE 1TDAFWP UPS ........................................................................................................44APPENDIX 1Controls and Indications .....................................................................................47APPENDIX 2TDAFWP UPS - Return to A Inverter through A Rectifier when B Inverter fails to SYNC .................................................................................................................
4.4    120V AC Regulated Instrumentation Panel 1A (B) Operation .........................................26
..52APPENDIX 3TDAFWP UPS - Return to B Inverter through B Rectifier when A Inverter fails to SYNC .................................................................................................................
4.5    Energizing 208/120V AC Instrument Panel 1H (J) ..........................................................26
..56APPENDIX 4Manually Bypassing the DEH Inverter with the Inverter 'OUT OF SYNCH' .......60 UNIT 1Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-1-SOP-36.4  81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 4 of 62 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the initial conditions, precautions and limitations, and instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system. 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-36.3, 600, 480 AND 208/120 Volt AC Electrical Distribution System.
4.6    Energizing 208/120V AC Control Power Panel 1N (R), [S] .............................................27
2.2The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-37.1, 125 Volt D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System. 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protections and E.S.F. instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.
4.7    Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C] ..........................................................................................................28
3.2120V vital AC instrumentation panels 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D are supplied by inverters 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D respectively. Distribution panels 1J and 1K are supplied by
4.8    Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E] .........................................................................................................29
4.9    Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C] ..........................................................................................................30
4.10    Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E] .........................................................................................................31
4.11    120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up ......................................32
4.12    SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation..............................................33
4.13    AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation: .............................................36
4.14    DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation .................................................40
5.0    References ..................................................................................................................................42
FIGURE 1 TDAFWP UPS ........................................................................................................44
APPENDIX 1 Controls and Indications .....................................................................................47
APPENDIX 2 TDAFWP UPS - Return to A Inverter through A Rectifier when B Inverter fails to SYNC ...................................................................................................................52
APPENDIX 3 TDAFWP UPS - Return to B Inverter through B Rectifier when A Inverter fails to SYNC ...................................................................................................................56
APPENDIX 4 Manually Bypassing the DEH Inverter with the Inverter OUT OF SYNCH .......60


inverters 1F and 1G respectively. The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G for A train and 1H for B train.
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                          Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-1-SOP-36.4    81.0 1/17/2013                                                                          Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                            4 of 62 1.0    Purpose This procedure provides the initial conditions, precautions and limitations, and instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system.
2.0    Initial Conditions 2.1    The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-36.3, 600, 480 AND 208/120 Volt AC Electrical Distribution System.
2.2    The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-37.1, 125 Volt D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System.
3.0    Precautions and Limitations 3.1    Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protections and E.S.F. instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.
3.2    120V vital AC instrumentation panels 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D are supplied by inverters 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D respectively. Distribution panels 1J and 1K are supplied by inverters 1F and 1G respectively. The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G for A train and 1H for B train.
{AI 2009206420}
{AI 2009206420}
3.3Distribution panels 1J (K) feed BOP panels J (K). These BOP panels have an auctioneered power supply from solatron regulators 1G (1H).
3.3    Distribution panels 1J (K) feed BOP panels J (K). These BOP panels have an auctioneered power supply from solatron regulators 1G (1H).
3.4Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.
3.4    Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.
3.5Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.
3.5    Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.
3.6The TDAFWP uninterruptible power supply battery charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.
3.6    The TDAFWP uninterruptible power supply battery charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.
3.7If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.
3.7    If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.
3.8 DO NOT operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated  
3.8     DO NOT operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.


load.
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                        Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-1-SOP-36.4     81.0 1/17/2013                                                                           Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                               5 of 62 3.9    208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimiters--one per phase. The loss of an isolimiter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off of the phase supplied by that isolimiter.
UNIT 1Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 5 of 62 3.9208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimiters--one per phase. The loss of an isolimiter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off of the phase supplied by that isolimiter.
Drawing D-181599, sh. 3, shows the relationship of the load in each cabinet to the isolimiters.
Drawing D-181599, sh. 3, shows the relationship of the load in each cabinet to the isolimiters.
3.10 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B. Drawings D-181599, sh. 3, D-177024, and D-177025 shows the relationship of the loads in each cabinet  
3.10   120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B. Drawings D-181599, sh. 3, D-177024, and D-177025 shows the relationship of the loads in each cabinet to the isolimiters.
3.11  Operation of the120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.
3.12  Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.
3.13  Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
3.14  For the AMSAC UPS, the High Speed Transfer Logic HTL sense an inverter overload(O/L) and initiates a No-Break AC Transfer to the commercial power via the AC Regulator Filter-Conditioner on an inverse time basis. Only when the overload is cleared will the load be auto-retransferred to the inverter after approximately 1 minute delay. The occurrence of an O/L is stored in the O/L memory of the HTL and is indicated by a pilot light. Pressing the O/L memory cancel button will cancel the alarms. U265512 3.15  To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux.
Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings. Ref CR 367519.


to the isolimiters.
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                           Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                                           Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                             6 of 62 4.0     Instructions 4.1    120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour period without any adverse affects.
3.11Operation of the120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.
4.1.1     IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:
3.12 Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.
4.1.1.1    Verify charger is on float charge.
3.13 Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
4.1.1.2     Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.
3.14For the AMSAC UPS, the High Speed Transfer Logic "HTL" sense an inverter overload(O/L) and initiates a "No-Break AC Transfer" to the commercial power via the AC Regulator Filter-Conditioner on an inverse time basis. Only when the overload is cleared will the load be auto-retransferred to the inverter after approximately 1 minute delay. The occurrence of an O/L is stored in the O/L memory of the HTL and is indicated by a pilot light. Pressing the O/L memory cancel button will cancel the alarms. U265512 3.15To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux. Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings. Ref CR 367519.
NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load.
UNIT 1Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 6 of 62 4.0 Instructions 4.1120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour period without any adverse affects.
The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load.
4.1.1 IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:
4.1.1.3     Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:
4.1.1.1Verify charger is on float charge.
EM SCR1           SCR2           SCR3           SCR4             SCR5         SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials           Date 4.1.1.4     IF measure AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution.
4.1.1.2 Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.
EM
NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load. The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load. 4.1.1.3 Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:
 
EM           SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 SCR4 SCR5 SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials Date 4.1.1.4 IF measure AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution.
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                          Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                                         Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                             7 of 62 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
EM UNIT 1Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 7 of 62CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
4.1.2     Placing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) In Service 4.1.2.1    Verify the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2 Placing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) In Service 4.1.2.1Verify the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.2    Verify the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.2Verify the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.3    Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:
4.1.2.3Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:
Placekeeping AC SUPPLY BREAKER INVERTER 120V AC Distribution:
INVERTER AC SUPPLY BREAKER 120V AC Distribution:
1A                  Panel 1G Brk #8 1B                  Panel 1G Brk #5 1C                  Panel 1H Brk #7 1D                  Panel 1H Brk #2 1F                  Panel 1G Brk #1 1G                  Panel 1H Brk #6 4.1.2.4     Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:
Placekeeping1APanel 1G Brk #8 1BPanel 1G Brk #5 1CPanel 1H Brk #7 1DPanel 1H Brk #2 1FPanel 1G Brk #1 1GPanel 1H Brk #6 4.1.2.4 Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows: INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER Placekeeping 1A LA 101B LA 121C LB 041D LB 061F LA 161G LB 10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.
INVERTER             DC SUPPLY BREAKER               Placekeeping 1A                     LA     10 1B                    LA     12 1C                    LB     04 1D                    LB     06 1F                    LA     16 1G                    LB     10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.
4.1.2.5 Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.5     Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.6 Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.6     Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.7Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as follows:
4.1.2.7    Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as follows:
4.1.2.7.1Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.
4.1.2.7.1      Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.
4.1.2.7.2Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
4.1.2.7.2      Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
UNIT 1Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 20:20:38120V AC Distribution Systems Page Number 8 of 62CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
 
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                          Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-1-SOP-36.4   81.0 1/17/2013                                                                         Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems                             8 of 62 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).
4.1.2.8 Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.
4.1.2.8     Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.
4.1.2.9 Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.
4.1.2.9     Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.
4.1.2.9.1Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp lit.
4.1.2.9.1      Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp lit.
4.1.3Removing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) From Service:
4.1.3    Removing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) From Service:
4.1.3.1Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.
4.1.3.1    Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.
4.1.3.2Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as follows:
4.1.3.2    Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as follows:
4.1.3.2.1Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.
4.1.3.2.1      Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.
4.1.3.2.2Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit. CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
4.1.3.2.2      Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
4.1.3.3 Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.
CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
4.1.3.3     Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.
4.1.3.4 Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.
4.1.3.4     Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.
4.1.3.5 Open the following breakers for respective inverter. BATTERY INPUT breaker INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6 Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows: INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER Placekeeping 1A LA 10 1B LA 12 1C LB 04 1D LB 06 1F LA 16 1G LB 10 UNIT 2Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 1 of 45 S A F E T Y 120V A. C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS R E L A T E D PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous: ALL  
4.1.3.5     Open the following breakers for respective inverter.
BATTERY INPUT breaker INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6     Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:
INVERTER         DC SUPPLY BREAKER             Placekeeping 1A                 LA       10 1B                 LA       12 1C                 LB       04 1D                 LB       06 1F                 LA       16 1G                 LB       10
 
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                Farley Nuclear Plant                     FNP-2-SOP-36.4   62.1 1/17/2013                                                         Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                   1 of 45 S
A F
E T
Y 120V A. C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY                             SECTIONS Continuous:                             ALL


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NONE Information: NONE Approved:   David L Reed (for) July 2, 2012 Operations Manager Effective Date UNIT 2Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-2-SOP-36.4  62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 2 of 45 Procedure Version Description Version Number Version Description 61.0 Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES WRITERS GUIDE. Changed title of steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10, deleting "Loss of Flow" and replacing with "RCP Bus UV". DCP 2082084101 Changed step 3.4 to address RCP Bus UV and TDAFWP auto start. DCP 2082084101.Deleted step 3.13 and renumbered. DCP 2082084101 Deleted cautions before steps 4.7 & 4.10. DCP 2082084101 Reworded caution after steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10. Modified steps 4.7.1, 4.8.1, 4.9.1 & 4.10.1 to reference "RCP Bus UV" rather than "Loss of Flow". DCP 2082084101 62.0Changed position for breakers from OPEN to OFF and CLOSED to ON in steps 4.1.2.1, 4.1.2.2, 4.1.2.5, 4.1.2.6, 4.2.3.5.5, and 4.2.4.5.5 to match
NONE Information:                           NONE Approved:
David L Reed (for)                                   July 2, 2012 Operations Manager                                   Effective Date


labeling in plant CR 345068 Enhanced wording of step 4.2.2.12 CR 2011104041 Enhanced wording of 1 st bullet of note above 4.2.1.4 CR 2011104064 Added steps 4.2.3.1 and 4.2.4.1 to close TDAFW warm-up valves for shutting down TDAFWP UPS and steps 4.2.1.22 and 4.2.2.22 to open TDAFW warm-
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                      Farley Nuclear Plant                              FNP-2-SOP-36.4          62.1 1/17/2013                                                                          Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                                2 of 45 Procedure Version Description Version Number                                      Version Description 61.0        Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES WRITERS GUIDE.
Changed title of steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10, deleting Loss of Flow and replacing with RCP Bus UV. DCP 2082084101 Changed step 3.4 to address RCP Bus UV and TDAFWP auto start. DCP 2082084101.
Deleted step 3.13 and renumbered. DCP 2082084101 Deleted cautions before steps 4.7 & 4.10. DCP 2082084101 Reworded caution after steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10. Modified steps 4.7.1, 4.8.1, 4.9.1 & 4.10.1 to reference RCP Bus UV rather than Loss of Flow. DCP 2082084101 62.0         Changed position for breakers from OPEN to OFF and CLOSED to ON in steps 4.1.2.1, 4.1.2.2, 4.1.2.5, 4.1.2.6, 4.2.3.5.5, and 4.2.4.5.5 to match labeling in plant CR 345068
                   Enhanced wording of step 4.2.2.12 CR 2011104041
                   Enhanced wording of 1st bullet of note above 4.2.1.4 CR 2011104064
                   Added steps 4.2.3.1 and 4.2.4.1 to close TDAFW warm-up valves for shutting down TDAFWP UPS and steps 4.2.1.22 and 4.2.2.22 to open TDAFW warm-up valves CR 353795
                   Added P&L 3.14 CR 367519
                   Corrected reference steps in 1st bullet of note below 4.2.1.5 CR 423361
                   Corrected location of CB6 and CB16 breakers from in cabinet to on cabinet in notes above steps 4.2.1.4, 4.2.1.6, 4.2.2.4, 4.2.2.6, 4.2.3.5.1, and 4.2.4.5.1 CR 423361
                   Added notes above 4.2.1.18, 4.2.2.18, 4.2.1.23.5, and 4.2.2.23.5 addressing Rectifier/charger overload light. CR 423913 62.1        CR - 471536 - Corrected breaker designation and nomenclature to match ESOMs for steps 4.2.1.1, 4.2.2.1, 4.2.3.5.6, 4.2.4.5.6 CR - 471536 - Added amplifying instructions to CAUTIONS preceding steps 4.2.1.13 &
4.2.2.13 CR - 475833 - corrected NOTE prior to step 4.2.2.5.1 which had letter designations that were not changed when step numbers were changed from letters to numbers - brc


up valves  CR 353795 Added P&L 3.14  CR 367519 Corrected reference steps in 1 st bullet of note below 4.2.1.5  CR 423361 Corrected location of CB6 and CB16 breakers from in cabinet to on cabinet in notes above steps 4.2.1.4, 4.2.1.6, 4.2.2.4, 4.2.2.6, 4.2.3.5.1, and 4.2.4.5.1
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                                  Farley Nuclear Plant                                                        FNP-2-SOP-36.4                  62.1 1/17/2013                                                                                                                Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                                                            3 of 45 Table of Contents Page 1.0    Purpose .........................................................................................................................................4
2.0    Initial Conditions ............................................................................................................................4
3.0    Precautions and Limitations ..........................................................................................................4
4.1    120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation .......................................6
4.2    TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation: ..........................................................9
4.3    Manually transferring Inverter 2A (B,C,D,F,G) Power Supply. ........................................25
4.4    120V AC regulated instrumentation panel 2A (B) operation............................................26
4.5    Energizing 208/120V AC instrument panel 2H (J). ..........................................................26
4.6    Energizing 208/120V AC control power panel 2N. ..........................................................26
4.7    Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C].
                ........................................................................................................................................26
4.8    Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2) [3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E].
                ........................................................................................................................................26
4.9    Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C].
                ........................................................................................................................................27
4.10    Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E].
                ........................................................................................................................................28
4.11    120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up ......................................28
4.12    SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' Nitrogen Storage Room).
                ........................................................................................................................................29
4.13    AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' cable chase). ...............32
4.14    DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation. ................................................34
5.0    References ..................................................................................................................................36
FIGURE 1 - TDAFW PUMP UPS ................................................................................................39
APPENDIX 1 - TDAFWP UPS CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS ...............................................42


CR 423361 Added notes above 4.2.1.18, 4.2.2.18, 4.2.1.23.5, and 4.2.2.23.5 addressing Rectifier/charger  overload light. CR 423913 62.1 CR - 471536 - Corrected breaker designation and nomenclature to match ESOMs for steps 4.2.1.1, 4.2.2.1, 4.2.3.5.6, 4.2.4.5.6 CR - 471536 - Added amplifying instructions to CAUTIONS preceding steps 4.2.1.13 &
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                         Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-2-SOP-36.4       62.1 1/17/2013                                                                           Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                             4 of 45 1.0    Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations and Instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system.
4.2.2.13 CR - 475833 - corrected NOTE prior to step 4.2.2.5.1 which had letter designations that were not changed when step numbers were changed from letters to numbers - brc UNIT 2Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 3 of 45 Table of Contents Page 1.0Purpose .........................................................................................................................................42.0Initial Conditions ............................................................................................................................43.0Precautions and Limitations ..........................................................................................................44.1120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation .......................................64.2TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation: ..........................................................94.3Manually transferring Inverter 2A (B,C,D,F,G) Power Supply. ........................................254.4120V AC regulated instrumentation panel 2A (B) operation............................................264.5Energizing 208/120V AC instrument panel 2H (J). ..........................................................264.6Energizing 208/120V AC control power panel 2N. ..........................................................264.7Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C]. ..............................................................................................................................
2.0    Initial Conditions 2.1    The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-36.3, 600, 408 AND 208/120 Volt Ac Electrical Distribution System.
..........264.8Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2) [3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E]. ..............................................................................................................................
2.2    The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-37.1, 125 VOLT D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System.
..........264.9Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C]. ..............................................................................................................................
3.0    Precautions and Limitations 3.1    Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protection and ESF instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.
..........274.10Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E]. ..............................................................................................................................
3.2    120V vital AC instrumentation panels 2A B, C, D are supplied by inverters 2A B, C,D respective. Distribution panels 2G and H are supplied by inverters 2F and G respective.
..........284.11120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up ......................................284.12SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' Nitrogen Storage Room). ..............................................................................................................................
The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G for A train and 2H for B train. {AI2009206421}
..........294.13AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' cable chase). ...............324.14DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation. ................................................345.0References ..................................................................................................................................36FIGURE 1 - TDAFW PUMP UPS ................................................................................................39APPENDIX 1 - TDAFWP UPS CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS ...............................................42 UNIT 2Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-2-SOP-36.4  62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 4 of 45 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations and Instructions for
3.3    Distribution panel 2J (2K) feeds BOP panel 2J (2K). BOP panel 2J (2K) does have auctioneered power supplies from solatron regulator 2G (2H).
3.4    Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV Relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.
3.5    Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.
3.6    The TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery Charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.
3.7    If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.
3.8    Do not operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.
3.9    208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimeters--one per phase.
The loss of an isolimeter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off the phase supplied by that isolimeter.


operating the 120V AC distribution system. 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-36.3, 600, 408 AND 208/120 Volt Ac Electrical Distribution System.
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                       Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-2-SOP-36.4      62.1 1/17/2013                                                                          Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                              5 of 45 3.10  120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 2A and 2B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinets 2A and 2B.
2.2 The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-37.1, 125 VOLT D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System. 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protection and ESF instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.
3.11  Operation of the 120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.
3.2 120V vital AC instrumentation panels 2A B, C, D are supplied by inverters 2A B, C,D respective. Distribution panels 2G and H are supplied by inverters 2F and G respective.
3.12  Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.
3.13  Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
3.14  To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux. Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings.
Ref CR 367519.


The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The  
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                            Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-2-SOP-36.4      62.1 1/17/2013                                                                          Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                            6 of 45 4.0    Instructions 4.1      120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation:
NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour period without any adverse affects.
4.1.1      IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:
4.1.1.1    Verify charger is on float charge.
4.1.1.2    Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.
NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load. The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load.
4.1.1.3    Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:
SCR1            SCR2            SCR3          SCR4            SCR5          SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials                      Date 4.1.1.4    IF measured AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution.                                                                _____
EM


bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G for A train and 2H for
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                          Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-2-SOP-36.4    62.1 1/17/2013                                                                        Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                            7 of 45 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
4.1.2    Placing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) in service:
4.1.2.1    Verify BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.2    Verify INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.3    Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:
AC SUPPLY BREAKER INVERTER 120V AC Distribution:
2A                    Panel 2G Brk #7 2B                    Panel 2G Brk #2 2C                    Panel 2H Brk #7 2D                    Panel 2H Brk #2 2F                    Panel 2G Brk #6 2G                      Panel 2H Brk #6 4.1.2.4    Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:
INVERTER                DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A                      LA      10 2B                      LA      12 2C                      LB      04 2D                      LB      06 2F                      LA      16 2G                       LB      10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.
4.1.2.5    Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.6    Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.7    Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as indicated by IN SYNC lamp lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.


B train. {AI2009206421}
Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2                         Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-2-SOP-36.4   62.1 1/17/2013                                                                         Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems                           8 of 45 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
3.3 Distribution panel 2J (2K) feeds BOP panel 2J (2K). BOP panel 2J (2K) does have auctioneered power supplies from solatron regulator 2G (2H).
3.4 Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV Relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.
3.5 Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.
3.6 The TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery Charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.
3.7 If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.
3.8 Do not operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant
 
transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in
 
overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then
 
the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.
3.9 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimeters--one per phase.
 
The loss of an isolimeter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered
 
off the phase supplied by that isolimeter.
UNIT 2Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-2-SOP-36.4  62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 5 of 45 3.10 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 2A and 2B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to
 
120V regulated AC distribution cabinets 2A and 2B.
3.11 Operation of the 120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can
 
lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.
3.12 Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.
3.13 Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
3.14 To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux. Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings.
 
Ref CR 367519.
UNIT 2Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 6 of 45 4.0 Instructions 4.1 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation:
NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour period without any adverse affects.
4.1.1 IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:
4.1.1.1 Verify charger is on float charge.
4.1.1.2 Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.
NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load. The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load. 4.1.1.3 Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:            SCR1  SCR2  SCR3  SCR4  SCR5  SCR6  Electrical Maintenance Initials Date 4.1.1.4 IF measured AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution. _____
EM UNIT 2Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-2-SOP-36.4  62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 7 of 45 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.
4.1.2 Placing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) in service:
4.1.2.1 Verify BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.2 Verify INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.
4.1.2.3 Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:
INVERTER AC SUPPLY BREAKER 120V AC Distribution: 2APanel 2G Brk #7 2BPanel 2G Brk #2 2CPanel 2H Brk #7 2DPanel 2H Brk #2 2FPanel 2G Brk #6 2GPanel 2H Brk #6 4.1.2.4 Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows: INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A LA 102B LA 122C LB 042D LB 062F LA 162G LB 10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.
4.1.2.5 Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.6 Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.
4.1.2.7 Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as indicated by IN SYNC lamp lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
UNIT 2Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number VerFNP-2-SOP-36.4  62.1 1/17/2013 20:29:20120V A.C. Distribution Systems Page Number 8 of 45 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).
4.1.2.8 Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.
4.1.2.8   Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.
4.1.2.9 Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.
4.1.2.9   Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.
4.1.3 Removing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) from service.
4.1.3     Removing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) from service.
4.1.3.1 Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.
4.1.3.1   Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.
4.1.3.2 Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as indicated by the IN SYNC lamp lit and the OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit. CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
4.1.3.2   Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as indicated by the IN SYNC lamp lit and the OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.
4.1.3.3 Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.
CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.
4.1.3.3   Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.
NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.
4.1.3.4 Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.
4.1.3.4   Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.
4.1.3.5 Open the following breakers for respective inverter. BATTERY INPUT breaker INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6 Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows: INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A LA 102B LA 122C LB 042D LB 062F LA 162G LB 10 ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j. Page 1 of 5 Developer  Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
4.1.3.5   Open the following breakers for respective inverter.
-301-3  j. In Plant JPM Fire Pump-NEW TITLE: Start the MDFP and #2 DDFP locally EVALUATION LOCATION:
BATTERY INPUT breaker INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6   Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X   PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
INVERTER               DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A                       LA       10 2B                        LA       12 2C                        LB       04 2D                        LB       06 2F                        LA       16 2G                        LB       10
15 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
 
N/A     ALTERNATE PATH           TIME CRITICAL             PRA           JPM DIRECTIONS:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.                                                             Page 1 of 5
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED. 2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
: j. In Plant JPM Fire Pump-NEW TITLE: Start the MDFP and #2 DDFP locally EVALUATION LOCATION:               SIMULATOR           CONTROL ROOM       X PLANT PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN     SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:         N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL           PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
: 2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
: 3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.
: 3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
Locally start a MDFP and  
* Locally start a MDFP and #2 DDFP in response to a plant fire Examinee:
#2 DDFP in response to a plant fire Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
Overall JPM Performance:         Satisfactory                   Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
Developer                              Aaron Forsha              Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                  SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j. Page 2 of 5   CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.                                                                   Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire
: a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
. b. #1 DDFP has tripped
: b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
. c. The MDFP and #2 DDFP have failed to auto
: c. The MDFP and #2 DDFP have failed to auto-start.
-start. d. A pre-job brief is not required.
: d. A pre-job brief is not required.
You are being directed by the Shift Supervisor to perform the following using FNP-0-SOP-61.0: 1. locally start the MDFP starting at step 4.4 2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6 INITIATING CUE , "You may begin."
You are being directed by the Shift Supervisor to perform the following using FNP-0-SOP-61.0:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
: 1. locally start the MDFP starting at step 4.4
(CIRCLE)
: 2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6 INITIATING CUE, You may begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                       (CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
    *1. (step 4.4.1
*1.   (step 4.4.1)                                   Rotates switch to LOCAL position. S / U Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to               (CUE: Switch is in LOCAL LOCAL.                                          position.)
) Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to LOCAL. Rotates switch to LOCAL position.
  *2.   (step 4.4.2)                                   Start button is depressed.       S / U Depress START pushbutton.                      (CUE: Start button is depressed, you hear the motor start.)
(CUE: Switch is in LOCAL position.)
: 3.   (step 4.4.3)                                   Rotates switch to REMOTE          S / U Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to                   position.
S /  U    *2. (step 4.4.2) Depress START pushbutton.
REMOTE.                                         (CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)
Start button is depressed.
: 4.     (step 4.4.4)                                   Hand switch placed to stop        S / U Place the hand switch controller for the        (CUE: Hand switch is in the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey       STOP position pump.
(CUE: Start button is depressed, you hear the motor start.)
: 5.     (step 4.6.1) on #2 DDFP                         Observes V0156 at 45 degrees. S / U Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG               (CUE: the identified Valve is as BYP valve throttled as follows:                 you see it)
S  /  U    3. (step 4.4.3) Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to REMOTE. Rotates switch to REMOTE position. (CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)
* IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
S  /  U    4. (step 4.4.4) Place the hand switch controller for the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey pump. Hand switch placed to stop (CUE: Hand switch is in the STOP position S  /  U    5. (step 4.6.1) on #2 DDFP Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:
IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
Observes V0156 at 45 degrees.
(CUE:  the identified Valve is as you see it) S  /  U ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j. Page 3 of 5  EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)      *6. (step 4.6.2) on #2 DDFP Place the DDFP local control panel selector switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.
Selector switch placed in MAN A or MAN B position.
(CUE: the identified switch is as you described
.)  S  /  U      7. (step 4.6.3) on #2 DDFP IF necessary, THEN perform the following to verify the "BATT A CONNECTED" and "BATT B CONNECTED" lights are lit:


4.6.3.1 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.                                                                Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                          STANDARDS:                        (CIRCLE)
*6.  (step 4.6.2) on #2 DDFP                      Selector switch placed in MAN A  S / U Place the DDFP local control panel selector  or MAN B position.
switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.            (CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)
: 7.    (step 4.6.3) on #2 DDFP                      Observes BATT A AND B            S / U IF necessary, THEN perform the following      CONNECTED lights lit to verify the BATT A CONNECTED and          (CUE: the identified LIGHTS BATT B CONNECTED lights are lit:            ARE LIT)
* 4.6.3.1 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
RESET pushbuttons for the following:
RESET pushbuttons for the following:
o 4.6.3.1.1 AC mini breaker.
o 4.6.3.1.1 AC mini breaker.
o 4.6.3.1.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) o 4.6.3.1.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) o 4.6.3.2 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
o 4.6.3.1.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) o 4.6.3.1.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) o 4.6.3.2 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
Observes BATT A AND B CONNECTED lights lit (CUE:  the identified LIGHTS ARE LIT) S  /  U    *8. (step 4.6.4) on #2 DDFP Depress an d maintain depressed the ENGINE START pushbutton for a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the selected DDFP starts.
*8.   (step 4.6.4) on #2 DDFP                       Depresses and holds start switch  S / U Depress and maintain depressed the           for 10 seconds.
Depresses and holds start switch for 10 seconds.
ENGINE START pushbutton for                   (CUE: Start button depressed, you a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the        hear the engine start) selected DDFP starts.
(CUE: Start button depressed, you hear the engine start)
STOP TIME Terminate after both fire water pumps are running.
S  /  U STOP TIME     Terminate after both fire water pumps are running.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS
: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-0-SOP-61.0,        Ver 46.0
: 1.     FNP-0-SOP-61.0,        Ver 46.0
: 2. K/As: 086A3.01 RO-2.9 SRO-3.3   086A4.01   RO-3.3 SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2.     K/As: 086A3.01         RO-2.9             SRO-3.3 086A4.01       RO-3.3             SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None


None ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j. Page 4 of 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.                                                                 Page 4 of 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT Evaluation 1-2 Critical: This is the assigned task, these elements start the MDFP.
ELEMENT                                         Evaluation 1-2   Critical: This is the assigned task, these elements start the MDFP.
3 NOT Critical
3     NOT Critical: Returns switch to normal position, not required for pump to remain running.
: Returns switch to normal position, not required for pump to remain running.
4     NOT Critical: Jockey pump operation has no effect on ability to provide fire water.
4 NOT Critical
5     NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.
: Jockey pump operation has no effect on ability to provide fire water
6     Critical: This aligns a starting battery to crank the engine.
. 5 NOT Critical
7     NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.
: Check step only, no operation performed.
8     Critical: This is the assigned task, this element starts the #2 DDFP.
6 Critical: This aligns a starting battery to crank the engine
COMMENTS:
. 7 NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.
8 Critical: This is the assigned task, this element start s the #2 DDFP. COMMENTS:
1 DDFP CONTROL PANEL


2 INSIDE CONTROL PANEL
DDFP CONTROL PANEL 1


INSIDE CONTROL PANEL 2


This page is intentionally blank.
3 This page is intentionally blank.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j. Page 1 of 1   HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j.                                                                   Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
: a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
: b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
: b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
: c. The MDFP and #2 DDFP have failed to auto
: c. The MDFP and #2 DDFP have failed to auto-start.
-start. d. A pre-job brief is not required.
: d. A pre-job brief is not required.
You are being directed by the Shift Supervisor to perform the following using FNP-0-SOP-61.0:
: 1. locally start the MDFP starting at step 4.4
: 2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6


You are being directed by the Shift Supervisor to perform the following using FNP SOP-61.0: 1. locally start the MDFP starting at step 4.4
Procedure Number Ver Farley Nuclear Plant SHARED                                                                        FNP-0-SOP-61.0   46.0 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND                        Page Number 1/17/2013 20:13:39                                                                    7 of 24 YARD MAIN 4.3.4    IF a DDFP was running to maintain fire main header pressure, THEN perform the following:
: 2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6
4.3.4.1     Place the running DDFP control switch to OFF.
4.3.4.2    At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
RESET pushbuttons for the following:
4.3.4.2.1      AC mini breaker.
4.3.4.2.2      DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.3.4.2.3      DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.3.4.3    Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
4.3.4.4    Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:
4.3.4.4.1      IF securing #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.
4.3.4.4.2      IF securing #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
4.3.4.5    Place DDFP control panel selector switch in AUTO to return the DDFP to automatic standby status.
4.3.5    Verify fire main header pressure is being maintained at approximately 125 psig or greater by operation of the MDFP.
4.4    Startup of the MDFP from Local Control Panel 4.4.1    Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to LOCAL.
4.4.2    Depress START pushbutton.
4.4.3    Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to REMOTE.
CAUTION Failure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.
4.4.4    Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey pump.


SHAREDFarley Nuclear Plant   Procedure Number V erFNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 1/17/2013 20:13:39 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND YARD MAIN Page Number 7 of 24 4.3.4 IF a DDFP was running to maintain fire main header pressure, THEN perform the following:
Procedure Number Ver Farley Nuclear Plant SHARED                                                                    FNP-0-SOP-61.0     46.0 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND                     Page Number 1/17/2013 20:13:39                                                                   8 of 24 YARD MAIN 4.5     Shutdown of the MDFP 4.5.1   Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to START, to start the jockey pump.
4.3.4.1 Place the running DDFP control switch to OFF. 4.3.4.2 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
RESET pushbuttons for the following: 4.3.4.2.1 AC mini breaker. 4.3.4.2.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.3.4.2.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.3.4.3 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
4.3.4.4 Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:
4.3.4.4.1 IF securing #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.
4.3.4.4.2 IF securing #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
4.3.4.5 Place DDFP control panel selector switch in AUTO to return the DDFP to automatic standby status.
4.3.5 Verify fire main header pressure is being maintained at approximately 125 psig or greater by operation of the MDFP.
4.4 Startup of the MDFP from Local Control Panel 4.4.1 Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to LOCAL.
4.4.2 Depress START pushbutton.
4.4.3 Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to REMOTE.
CAUTIONFailure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.
4.4.4 Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey pump.
SHAREDFarley Nuclear Plant    Procedure Number V erFNP-0-SOP-61.0  46.0 1/17/2013 20:13:39 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND YARD MAIN Page Number 8 of 24 4.5 Shutdown of the MDFP 4.5.1 Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to START, to start the jockey pump.
NOTE The MDFP cannot be shutdown from Main Control Board.
NOTE The MDFP cannot be shutdown from Main Control Board.
4.5.2 Place LOCAL/REMOTE switch for the motor driven fire pump (MDFP) to LOCAL.
4.5.2   Place LOCAL/REMOTE switch for the motor driven fire pump (MDFP) to LOCAL.
4.5.3 Depress STOP/RESET pushbutton for the MDFP.
4.5.3   Depress STOP/RESET pushbutton for the MDFP.
4.5.4 IF started from Main Control Board, THEN place handswitch on MCB to STOP and verify handswitch spring returns to NEUTRAL. (This function is to de-energize trouble light only.)
4.5.4   IF started from Main Control Board, THEN place handswitch on MCB to STOP and verify handswitch spring returns to NEUTRAL. (This function is to de-energize trouble light only.)
4.5.5 Place LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch for the MDFP to REMOTE to return to automatic standby status.
4.5.5   Place LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch for the MDFP to REMOTE to return to automatic standby status.
4.5.6 Verify the jockey pump running and maintaining approximately 125 psig header pressure.
4.5.6   Verify the jockey pump running and maintaining approximately 125 psig header pressure.
4.6 Manual Startup of a DDFP 4.6.1 Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows: IF starting #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn. IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
4.6     Manual Startup of a DDFP 4.6.1   Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:
4.6.2 Place the DDFP local control panel selector switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.
x    IF starting #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.
SHAREDFarley Nuclear Plant   Procedure Number V erFNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 1/17/2013 20:13:39 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND YARD MAIN Page Number 9 of 24 NOTE The RESET pushbutton may have to be pushed more than once to light these indications.
x    IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).
4.6.3 IF necessary, THEN perform the following to verify the "BATT A CONNECTED" and "BATT B CONNECTED" lights are lit: 4.6.3.1 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
4.6.2   Place the DDFP local control panel selector switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.
RESET pushbuttons for the following: 4.6.3.1.1 AC mini breaker. 4.6.3.1.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.6.3.1.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.6.3.2 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
 
NOTE IF engine does not start within 10 seconds, THEN the red START FAILURE light will energize.4.6.4 Depress and maintain depressed the ENGINE START pushbutton for a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the selected DDFP starts.
Procedure Number Ver Farley Nuclear Plant SHARED                                                                            FNP-0-SOP-61.0   46.0 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND                            Page Number 1/17/2013 20:13:39                                                                       9 of 24 YARD MAIN NOTE The RESET pushbutton may have to be pushed more than once to light these indications.
4.6.5 IF the engine does not start, as indicated by the START FAILURE light lit, THEN perform the following:
4.6.3     IF necessary, THEN perform the following to verify the BATT A CONNECTED and BATT B CONNECTED lights are lit:
4.6.5.1 Release START pushbutton.
4.6.3.1     At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)
4.6.5.2 Reset controller by depressing RESET pushbutton.
RESET pushbuttons for the following:
4.6.5.3 Return to step 4.6.2, this time selecting the alternate option (MAN A OR MAN B) for second start attempt.
4.6.3.1.1       AC mini breaker.
CAUTIONFailure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.
4.6.3.1.2       DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.6.3.1.3       DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.6.3.2     Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.
4.6.6 IF jockey pump is running, THEN place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP to secure the jockey pump.
NOTE IF engine does not start within 10 seconds, THEN the red START FAILURE light will energize.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM
4.6.4     Depress and maintain depressed the ENGINE START pushbutton for a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the selected DDFP starts.
: k. Pag e 1 of 6 Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES
4.6.5     IF the engine does not start, as indicated by the START FAILURE light lit, THEN perform the following:
-301-3  k. In Plant JPM SO-386 TITLE: Commence A Waste Gas Release EVALUATION LOCATION:
4.6.5.1     Release START pushbutton.
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X   PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
4.6.5.2     Reset controller by depressing RESET pushbutton.
15 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
4.6.5.3     Return to step 4.6.2, this time selecting the alternate option (MAN A OR MAN B) for second start attempt.
N/A     ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA____
CAUTION Failure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.
4.6.6     IF jockey pump is running, THEN place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP to secure the jockey pump.
 
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                           Page 1 of 6
: k. In Plant JPM SO-386 TITLE: Commence A Waste Gas Release EVALUATION LOCATION:               SIMULATOR           CONTROL ROOM     X PLANT PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN     SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:       N/A ALTERNATE PATH             TIME CRITICAL           PRA____
JPM DIRECTIONS:
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED. 2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure.
: 1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
: 2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure.
: 3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.
: 3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will: Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.
TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:
Examinee: Overall JPM Performance:
* Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:         Satisfactory                 Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM
Developer                              Aaron Forsha            Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval                                  SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: k. Page 2 of 6   CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
 
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                                   Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
: a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
: b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
: b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
: c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
: c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
: d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208. e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0. f. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Appendix 3, has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
: d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
: e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0.
: f. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Appendix 3, has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
: g. You have the Radside watch station keys.
: g. You have the Radside watch station keys.
Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.
Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:                                           STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
    *1. (step 4.1.7)
*1.   (step 4.1.7)                                 TPNS number is recorded in SOP-      S / U Open #3 WGDT outlet valve Q2G22V019C         51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counter-clockwise.
Open #3 WGDT outlet valve Q2G22V019C TPNS number is recorded in SOP-51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counter-clockwise.
(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described
*2.   (step 4.1.8)                                 TPNS number is recorded in SOP-      S / U Open bank A GDT bank outlet valve           51.1 and opened by turning the Q2G22V017.                                    handwheel counterclockwise.
) S  /  U    *2. (step 4.1.8) Open bank 'A' GDT bank outlet valve Q2G22V017. TPNS number is recorded in SOP-51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counterclockwise. (CUE: the identified Valve is as you described
(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
) S  /  U    3. (Step 4.1.9.1) Verify RCV-14 flow controller is set at zero position.
: 3.     (Step 4.1.9.1)                               RCV-14 flow controller is verified  S / U Verify RCV-14 flow controller is set at zero  at zero demand.
RCV-14 flow controller is verified at zero demand. (CUE: the identified controller is as you described
position.                                    (CUE: the identified controller is as you described)
) S  /  U    4. (step 4.1.9.2)
: 4.     (step 4.1.9.2)                               Checks setpoint on plant vent        S / U Verify the plant vent pressure regulator     pressure regulator.
Verify the plant vent pressure regulator  
Q2G22V205 is set for 15 psi.                 (CUE: the identified indicator is as you described.)
 
*5.   (step 4.1.10)                                 unlocks and turns handwheel          S / U Using Master Valve key, unlock and open       counterclockwise until opened.
Q2G22V205 is set for 15 psi. Checks setpoint on plant vent pressure regulator.  (CUE: the identified indicator is as you described
RCV-14 upstream isolation Q2G22V089.         (CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
.) S  /  U    *5. (step 4.1.10)
Using Master Valve key, unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation Q2G22V089. unlock s and turns handwheel counterclockwise until opened.   (CUE:  the identified Valve is as you described) S  /  U ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM
: k. Page 3 of 6  EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)      *6. (step 4.1.11) Open the RCV-14 downstream isolation Q2G22V207. turns handwheel counterclockwise until opened (CUE: the identified Valve is as you described) S  /  U    *7. (step 4.1.12) Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent stack Q2G22V206, R CV-14 hand switch to open. handswitch is turned to open. Observes the green light lit with zero demand on the controller.
(CUE: The identified handswitch is as you described and the green light is lit.) S  /  U    8. (step 4.1.13) Record start time and tank pressure in 


S OP-51.0 and notify the Shift Radio Chemist.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                                Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
Ensure examinee identifies correct pressure indicator and range. Start time and tank pressure are recorded in SOP-51.0.
ELEMENTS:                                        STANDARDS:                          (CIRCLE)
(The current time is the start time and #3 WGDT
*6.  (step 4.1.11)                              turns handwheel counterclockwise    S / U Open the RCV-14 downstream isolation        until opened Q2G22V207.                                  (CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
[2-PIS-1038] pressure is 60 psig.) Shift Radio chemist notified. (CUE: Shift Radio chemist acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)
*7.  (step 4.1.12)                              handswitch is turned to open.        S / U Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent      Observes the green light lit with stack Q2G22V206, RCV-14 hand switch to      zero demand on the controller.
S /  U    *9. (step 4.1.14) Slowly open GDT discharge valve to plant vent RCV-14 using the Waste Gas Discharge Control HIK-014 on the Waste Gas Panel and verify the following:
open.                                       (CUE: The identified handswitch is as you described and the green light is lit.)
(See 10 below) HIK-014 adjusted open. Observes the red light lit with demand on the controller.
: 8.    (step 4.1.13)
(CUE: the red light is lit.) S  /  U    10. (step 4.1.14.1)
* Start time and tank pressure are S / U Record start time and tank pressure in          recorded in SOP-51.0.
Verify R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint Observes R-14 count rate is increasing and above R-14 setpoint. (CUE: R-14 reads 5,000 counts and is steady) S  /  U    11. (step 4.1.14.2) Checks rate of pressure decrease.
SOP-51.0 and notify the Shift Radio            (The current time is the start Chemist.                                        time and #3 WGDT [2-PIS-1038] pressure is 60 psig.)
Observes The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour. (CUE: 5 minutes have passed and pressure has dropped 2 psi) S  /  U ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM
* Shift Radio chemist notified.
: k. Page 4 of 6  EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:
* Ensure examinee identifies correct    (CUE: Shift Radio chemist pressure indicator and range.          acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)
(CIRCLE)    12. (step 4.1.15) Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release.
  *9.   (step 4.1.14) Slowly open GDT discharge     HIK-014 adjusted open.              S / U valve to plant vent RCV-14 using the Waste Observes the red light lit with Gas Discharge Control HIK-014 on the       demand on the controller.
Observes that only the tank which is being released exhibits a
Waste Gas Panel and verify the following:   (CUE: the red light is lit.)
(See 10 below)
: 10.     (step 4.1.14.1)                           Observes R-14 count rate is         S / U Verify R-14 count rate is less than        increasing and above R-14 R-14 setpoint                            setpoint. [May call Control Room]
(CUE: R-14 reads 5,000 counts and is steady)
: 11.   (step 4.1.14.2)                             Observes The pressure in GDT is      S / U Checks rate of pressure decrease.           decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
(CUE: 5 minutes have passed and pressure has dropped 2 psi)


pressure decrease.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                                      Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                              STANDARDS:                          (CIRCLE)
: 12.      (step 4.1.15)                                  Observes that only the tank which    S / U Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during    is being released exhibits a the release.                                    pressure decrease.
(CUE: #3 WGDT pressure is decreasing slowly, all other pressures are steady)
(CUE: #3 WGDT pressure is decreasing slowly, all other pressures are steady)
S  /  U STOP TIME Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.
STOP TIME Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.
CUE: Another operator will continue from here.
CUE: Another operator will continue from here.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () preceding the element number. GENERAL  
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () preceding the element number.
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Version 49.2
: 1.       FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Version 49.2
: 2. FNP-2-CCP-213.1, Version 19.0 3. Technical Specification
: 2.       FNP-2-CCP-213.1, Version 19.0
: 4. K/As:   071A2.02 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 071A4.09 RO-3.3 SRO-3.5 071A4.26 RO-3.1 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 3.       Technical Specification
: 4.       K/As: 071A2.02         RO-3.3       SRO-3.6 071A4.09       RO-3.3       SRO-3.5 071A4.26       RO-3.1       SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
Element Evaluation 1, 2 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
Element                                           Evaluation 1, 2     Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
3, 4 NOT Critical: Components are normally in the required position, and do not have to be manipulated for successful completion of this task. 5-7 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
3, 4     NOT Critical: Components are normally in the required position, and do not have to be manipulated for successful completion of this task.
8 NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).
5-7       Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
9 Critical: Required for task completion: required to open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.
8       NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).
10 NOT Critical
9       Critical: Required for task completion: required to open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.
: No alarming condition exists. 11 NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.
10       NOT Critical: No alarming condition exists.
12 NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.
11       NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.
COMMENTS:  
12       NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.
COMMENTS:


This page is intentionally blank.
This page is intentionally blank.
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k. Page 1 of 2   HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                                 Page 1 of 2 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
: a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
: b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
: b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
: c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
: c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
: d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208. e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0. f. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Appendix 3, has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
: d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
: e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0.
: f. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Appendix 3, has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
: g. You have the Radside watch station keys.
: g. You have the Radside watch station keys.
Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.  
Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.
 
ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k. Page 2 of 2  RType G2.57 BATCH GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PERMIT WASTE GAS DECAY TANK UNIT #___2_____
GWRP # NRC JPM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART I  Operational Data:  Gas Decay Tank No. 3_____________  Tank Pressure ___
60(psig)    Release Permit requested by: Shift Supervisor
____  Date _____
Today______  Time _
_2 hours ago
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART II  Pre
-Release Data:
RELEASE ESTIMATES FOR THIS SOURCE - See Attached Maximum Monitor Setpoint:  RE
-14 ________14 ,000_ CPM Comment:  ______________________________________________________________________
 
This permit authorizes the Batch Release of Gas Decay Tank No.
3__at a release rate of ___
100__cfm  with a MINIMUM of ______
1_________ (enter 1 or 2) Fan Operation.
Start Date ___
Today____        Expiration Date ___2 days from today
____  Approved by:  __Shift Radiochemist
_____________________ Date ____
Toda y ___ Time _____:__1 hour ago
___ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART III  Operational Data:  Actual number of AUX BLDG MAIN EXHAUST FANS in operation:  __________ (1 or 2)
 
RE14 SETPOINT CHANGE REQUIRED (  ) Yes (x) No AS FOUND SETPOINT 10,000 cpm ( )N/A    ____________
 
AS LEFT SETPOINT  _____
cpm ( )N/A  AS LEFT SETPOINT VERIFIED BY:
(I&C)
DATE________  TIME__________
 
RE14 CAL DUE DATE:
N ext Month __________
RE-14 Reading During Release __________ cpm Post Release:  ___________cpm
 
WGDT #________ Initial Pressure _________ psig  Final Pressure: ___________ psig
 
SOP OTC #
 
RELEASE START DATE ___/___/___  TIME:  ___:___
 
RELEASE END DATE _
__/___/___
TIME:  ___:___
RELEASE CONDUCTED BY:  _____________________
 
Data Reviewed by:  __________________________ Date ___/___/___ Time _____:_____


ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k.                                                    Page 2 of 2 RType G2.57 BATCH GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PERMIT WASTE GAS DECAY TANK UNIT #___2_____                                                GWRP # NRC JPM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART I Operational Data:
Gas Decay Tank No. 3_____________ Tank Pressure ___60(psig)
Release Permit requested by: Shift Supervisor____
Date _____Today______ Time __2 hours ago
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART II Pre-Release Data:
RELEASE ESTIMATES FOR THIS SOURCE - See Attached Maximum Monitor Setpoint: RE-14 ________14,000_ CPM Comment: ______________________________________________________________________
This permit authorizes the Batch Release of Gas Decay Tank No. 3__at a release rate of ___100__cfm with a MINIMUM of ______1_________ (enter 1 or 2) Fan Operation.
Start Date ___Today____        Expiration Date ___2 days from today____
Approved by: __Shift Radiochemist_____________________ Date ____Today
___ Time _____:__1 hour ago___
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART III Operational Data:
Actual number of AUX BLDG MAIN EXHAUST FANS in operation: __________ (1 or 2)
RE14 SETPOINT CHANGE REQUIRED (  ) Yes (x) No AS FOUND SETPOINT 10,000cpm ( )N/A    ____________
AS LEFT SETPOINT _____ cpm ( )N/A    AS LEFT SETPOINT VERIFIED BY:          (I&C)
DATE________ TIME__________
RE14 CAL DUE DATE: Next Month __________
RE-14 Reading During Release __________ cpm Post Release: ___________cpm WGDT #________ Initial Pressure _________ psig Final Pressure: ___________ psig SOP OTC #
RELEASE START DATE ___/___/___    TIME: ___:___
RELEASE END DATE _ __/___/___    TIME: ___:___
RELEASE CONDUCTED BY: _____________________
Data Reviewed by: __________________________ Date ___/___/___ Time _____:_____
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART IV CHM UPDATE:
PART IV CHM UPDATE:
FOR DOSE CALCULATIONS - See Attached
FOR DOSE CALCULATIONS - See Attached FOR RELEASE RATES AND DURATION - See Attached Comment: ______________________________________________________________________
 
Permit Updated by: ________________________ Date: ___/___/___ Time _____:_____
FOR RELEASE RATES AND DURATION - See Attached Comment: ______________________________________________________________________
 
Permit Updated by: ________________________ Date: ___/___/___ Time _____:_____
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHM Form 1706.1E
CHM Form 1706.1E


UNIT 2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0APPENDIX3Version49.2 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 APPENDIX 3 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE Completed By DateVerified By DateReviewed By Date This appendix consists of 9 pages.
01/17/13 20:30:46             UNIT 2                              FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 APPENDIX 3 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE Completed By                                                 Date Verified By                                                 Date Reviewed By                                                   Date This appendix consists of 9 pages.
UNIT2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 1 of 9 Version 49.2 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This appendix provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack.
Version 49.2
Instructions are included in the following sections. 4.1 Gas Decay Tank Release    4.2 Radiation Monitor R-0014 Check 2.0Initial Conditions 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.  (OR 1-98-498)  2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)  2.3 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per System Check List FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted. 2.4 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM. 2.5 Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM. 2.6 The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued. 2.7 The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
UNIT2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 2 of 9 Version 49.2 3.0 Precautions and Limitations  3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit. 3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified. 3.3 IF either R-14, R-14's alarm, or R-14's automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODCM action requirements are met. 3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to


prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tank's contained volume. 3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE
01/17/13 20:30:46                    UNIT 2                                      FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0    Purpose This appendix provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack.
Instructions are included in the following sections.
4.1      Gas Decay Tank Release 4.2      Radiation Monitor R-0014 Check 2.0    Initial Conditions 2.1      The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498) 2.2      This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3     The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per System Check List FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
2.4      The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
2.5     Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
2.6      The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
2.7      The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
Page 1 of 9                               Version 49.2


ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required.
01/17/13 20:30:46                   UNIT 2                                      FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 3.0    Precautions and Limitations 3.1    Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
UNIT2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 3 of 9 Version 49.2  
3.2    IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
3.3    IF either R-14, R-14s alarm, or R-14s automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODCM action requirements are met.
3.4    Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tank's contained volume.
3.5    When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required.
Page 2 of 9                             Version 49.2


==4.0 InstructionsNOTE==
01/17/13 20:30:46                  UNIT 2                                    FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.0   Instructions NOTE:      Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-0-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-0-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.CAUTION: Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken. 4.1 WGDT No. Release Permit No.    
CAUTION:         Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.
.NOTE: Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order. 4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows: NOTE: Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT. 4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves. 4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
NRC JPM 4.1     WGDT No.               Release Permit No.                               .
TABLE 1 GDTBANK GDT OUTLET VALVE GDT INLET VALVE GDT BANK INLET VALVE GDT BANK OUTLET VALVE 1 A 2-GWD-V-7823A (Q2G22V019A)2-GWD-V-7820A (Q2G22V025A) 2-GWD-V-7818 (Q2G22V029)2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017)2 A 2-GWD-V-7823B (Q2G22V019B) 2-GWD-V-7820B (Q2G22V025B) 2-GWD-V-7818 (Q2G22V029)2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017)3 A 2-GWD-V-7823C (Q2G22V019C) 2-GWD-V-7820C (Q2G22V025C) 2-GWD-V-7818 (Q2G22V029)2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017)4 B 2-GWD-V-7833A (Q2G22V022A)2-GWD-V-7830A (Q2G22V026A) 2-GWD-V-7828 (Q2G22V030)2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020)5 B 2-GWD-V-7833B (Q2G22V022B) 2-GWD-V-7830B (Q2G22V026B) 2-GWD-V-7828 (Q2G22V030)2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020)6 B 2-GWD-V-7833C (Q2G22V022C) 2-GWD-V-7830C (Q2G22V026C) 2-GWD-V-7828 (Q2G22V030)2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886A (Q2G22V074A)2-GWD-V-7883A (Q2G22V085A) 2-GWD-V-7881 (Q2G22V083)2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B (Q2G22V074B) 2-GWD-V-7883B (Q2G22V085B) 2-GWD-V-7881 (Q2G22V083)2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076)
NOTE:     Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.
UNIT2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 4 of 9 Version 49.2 NOTE: Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service. 4.1.2 Check recorder RR0100 (point RR14 or RR22) in operation ORcheck that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) System  (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable. NOTE: The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS. 4.1.3 For the operable rad monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22. Actual setpoint will be found in the "Target Setpoint" column of the table at end of FNP-2-CCP-213.1, 
4.1.1     Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:
NOTE:     Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
4.1.1.1     Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.
4.1.1.2     Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE 1 GDT OUTLET         GDT INLET         GDT BANK            GDT BANK GDT   BANK         VALVE              VALVE          INLET VALVE       OUTLET VALVE 1     A     2-GWD-V-7823A     2-GWD-V-7820A     2-GWD-V-7818       2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019A)      (Q2G22V025A)      (Q2G22V029)        (Q2G22V017) 2     A     2-GWD-V-7823B     2-GWD-V-7820B     2-GWD-V-7818       2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019B)      (Q2G22V025B)      (Q2G22V029)        (Q2G22V017) 3     A     2-GWD-V-7823C     2-GWD-V-7820C     2-GWD-V-7818       2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019C)      (Q2G22V025C)      (Q2G22V029)        (Q2G22V017) 4     B     2-GWD-V-7833A     2-GWD-V-7830A     2-GWD-V-7828       2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A)      (Q2G22V026A)      (Q2G22V030)        (Q2G22V020) 5     B     2-GWD-V-7833B     2-GWD-V-7830B     2-GWD-V-7828       2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)      (Q2G22V026B)      (Q2G22V030)        (Q2G22V020) 6     B     2-GWD-V-7833C     2-GWD-V-7830C     2-GWD-V-7828       2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022C)      (Q2G22V026C)      (Q2G22V030)        (Q2G22V020) 7   SHUT-   2-GWD-V-7886A     2-GWD-V-7883A     2-GWD-V-7881       2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN    (Q2G22V074A)      (Q2G22V085A)      (Q2G22V083)        (Q2G22V076) 8   SHUT-   2-GWD-V-7886B     2-GWD-V-7883B     2-GWD-V-7881       2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN    (Q2G22V074B)      (Q2G22V085B)      (Q2G22V083)        (Q2G22V076)
Page 3 of 9                             Version 49.2


per footnote 5 of that table. Actual Setpoint Background R-14 R-22 4.1.4 Check Actual Setpoints in step 4.1.3 are < setpoint on release permit Section II. 4.1.5 Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate
01/17/13 20:30:46                  UNIT 2                                      FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 NOTE:    Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
. 4.1.6 Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure.
4.1.2      Check recorder RR0100 (point RR14 or RR22) in operation OR check that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) System (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.
UNIT2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 5 of 9 Version 49.2 NOTE: Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge. 4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve.        (Record TPNS from Table 2). 4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve.      (Record TPNS from Table 2).
NOTE:    The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
TABLE 2 GDT BANK GDT OUTLET VALVE GDT BANK OUTLET VALVE 1 A 2-GWD-V-7823A (Q2G22V019A) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017)2 A 2-GWD-V-7823B (Q2G22V019B) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017)3 A 2-GWD-V-7823C (Q2G22V019C) 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V017)4 B 2-GWD-V-7833A (Q2G22V022A) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020)5 B 2-GWD-V-7833B (Q2G22V022B) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020)6 B 2-GWD-V-7833C (Q2G22V022C) 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V020)7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886A (Q2G22V074A) 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076)8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B (Q2G22V074B) 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V076)  4.1.9 Verify the following: 4.1.9.1 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position. 4.1.9.2 Plant vent pressure regulator 2-GWD-V-7896 (Q2G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14). 4.1.10 Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089). 4.1.11 Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207). 4.1.12 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.
4.1.3      For the operable rad monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22. Actual setpoint will be found in the Target Setpoint column of the table at end of FNP-2-CCP-213.1, per footnote 5 of that table.
UNIT2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 6 of 9 Version 49.2 4.1.13 Perform the following: Record Start Time  Record Initial Tank Press PSIG Notify the Shift Radiochemist  4.1.14 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following: 4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint. 4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one
Actual Setpoint             Background 10,000 cpm                400 cpm R-14 R-22 4.1.4     Check Actual Setpoints in step 4.1.3 are < setpoint on release permit Section II.
4.1.5     Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate 75,000 cfm                  .
4.1.6     Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure.
Page 4 of 9                                 Version 49.2


hour. (This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.) 4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease OR increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor. 4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THENperform the following: 4.1.16.1 Turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014)  
01/17/13 20:30:46                  UNIT 2                                    FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 NOTE:    Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
4.1.7      Open gas decay tank outlet valve.
(Record TPNS from Table 2).
4.1.8      Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve.
(Record TPNS from Table 2).
TABLE 2 GDT OUTLET            GDT BANK GDT          BANK              VALVE            OUTLET VALVE 1              A        2-GWD-V-7823A        2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019A)        (Q2G22V017) 2              A        2-GWD-V-7823B        2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019B)        (Q2G22V017) 3              A        2-GWD-V-7823C        2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019C)        (Q2G22V017) 4              B        2-GWD-V-7833A        2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A)        (Q2G22V020) 5              B        2-GWD-V-7833B        2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)        (Q2G22V020) 6              B        2-GWD-V-7833C        2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022C)        (Q2G22V020) 7        SHUT-DOWN      2-GWD-V-7886A        2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074A)        (Q2G22V076) 8        SHUT-DOWN      2-GWD-V-7886B        2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074B)        (Q2G22V076) 4.1.9      Verify the following:
4.1.9.1      RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.
4.1.9.2      Plant vent pressure regulator 2-GWD-V-7896 (Q2G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).
4.1.10    Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).
4.1.11    Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).
4.1.12    Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.
Page 5 of 9                              Version 49.2


to CLOSE. 4.1.16.2 Position WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014 to zero. 4.1.17 Record the following:    Stop Time      Tank Press PSIG    Final R-14 count rate CPM    Final R-22 count rate CPM 4.1.17.1 Notify the Shift Radiochemist of the above recorded items. 4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898    (Q2G22V207).
01/17/13 20:30:46             UNIT 2                                      FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.1.13 Perform the following:
UNIT2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 7 of 9 Version 49.4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089). 4.1.20 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8      (Record TPNS). 4.1.21 Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7      (Record TPNS). 4.1.22 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release of R-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RR0100 (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22). R-14 Average Recorder/RMDA    (circle one used)     R-22 Average Recorder/RMDA    (circle one used)  4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit. Operator      Date  4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM. 4.1.25 Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve  IV  2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) is closed. 4.1.26 Independently verify RCV-14 upstream isolation valve  IV  2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) is closed & locked.
x  Record Start Time x  Record Initial Tank Press              PSIG x  Notify the Shift Radiochemist 4.1.14 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:
UNIT2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 8 of 9 Version 49.2    4.2 Radiation Monitor R-14 Check  4.2.1 Verify the following RCV-14 isolation valves are closed before performing this test: [] 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) [] 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207)  4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN. 4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
4.1.14.1     R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
NOTE: Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked N/A (NOT APPLICABLE). Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 10 5 cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 10 5 cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5. 4.2.4 Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows: 4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL. 4.2.4.2 Check HIGH ALARM is received.
4.1.14.2    The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour. (This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)
4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5. 4.2.4.4 Check 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes. 4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be
4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease OR increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor.
4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN perform the following:
4.1.16.1     Turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSE.
4.1.16.2     Position WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014 to zero.
4.1.17 Record the following:
Stop Time Tank Press                          PSIG Final R-14 count rate                      CPM Final R-22 count rate                      CPM 4.1.17.1     Notify the Shift Radiochemist of the above recorded items.
4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).
Page 6 of 9                                Version 49.2


opened.4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch. 4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE. 4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014)  
01/17/13 20:30:46              UNIT 2                                    FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).
4.1.20 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8 (Record TPNS).
4.1.21 Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7 (Record TPNS).
4.1.22 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release of R-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RR0100 (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
R-14 Average                                    Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)
R-22 Average                                    Recorder/RMDA (circle one used) 4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit.
Operator Date 4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
4.1.25 Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve IV                  2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) is closed.
4.1.26 Independently verify RCV-14 upstream isolation valve IV                  2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) is closed & locked.
Page 7 of 9                              Version 49.2


to CLOSED 4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%. 4.2.4.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.
01/17/13 20:30:46                  UNIT 2                                      FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.2    Radiation Monitor R-14 Check 4.2.1      Verify the following RCV-14 isolation valves are closed before performing this test:
UNIT2 01/17/13 20:30:46 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 Page 9 of 9 Version 49.2   4.2.5 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert a test signal as follows: 4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
[]    2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089)
I&C4.2.5.2 Adjust A-1 R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
[]    2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) 4.2.2      Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.
I&C4.2.5.3 Check that 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes. 4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened. 4.2.5.5 Adjust A-1 R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
4.2.3      Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
I&C4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR I&C    switch. 4.2.5.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
NOTE: x Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked N/A (NOT APPLICABLE).
I&C4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014)  
x Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 105 cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 105 cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
4.2.4      Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows:
4.2.4.1       Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
4.2.4.2      Check HIGH ALARM is received.
4.2.4.3      IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
4.2.4.4      Check 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.4.5       Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
4.2.4.6       Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.4.7       Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.4.8       Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.4.9      Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.4.10      Proceed to step 4.1.7.
Page 8 of 9                              Version 49.2


to CLOSED 4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%. 4.2.5.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.
01/17/13 20:30:46                  UNIT 2                                  FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.2.5      Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert a test signal N/A                      as follows:
5.0 References   5.1 P&ID, D-205042, sheets 5 and 6, Waste Processing System   5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL (Corporate Documentum)   5.4 FSAR Vol. XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213}}
4.2.5.1      Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
I&C 4.2.5.2      Adjust A-1 R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
I&C 4.2.5.3      Check that 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.5.4      Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened.
4.2.5.5      Adjust A-1 R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
I&C 4.2.5.6      Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR I&C                                    switch.
4.2.5.7      Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
I&C 4.2.5.8      Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.5.9       Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
N/A                      4.2.5.10     Proceed to step 4.1.7.
5.0   References 5.1   P&ID, D-205042, sheets 5 and 6, Waste Processing System 5.2   Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3   FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL (Corporate Documentum) 5.4   FSAR Vol. XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.6   FNP-0-CCP-213 Page 9 of 9                              Version 49.2}}

Revision as of 06:12, 4 November 2019

Initial Exam 2013-301 Final Sim and Inplant JPMs
ML14091A210
Person / Time
Site: Farley  Southern Nuclear icon.png
Issue date: 04/01/2014
From:
Division of Reactor Safety II
To:
Southern Nuclear Operating Co
References
Download: ML14091A210 (102)


Text

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a. Page 1 of 5

a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME: 10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-217 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
4. Allow student time to review control board.
5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Correctly align emergency boration to the charging pump suction.
  • Complete step 4 RNO of ESP-0.1 and align Letdown on service.
  • Complete ESP-0.1 attachment 2 to align the RWST to the charging pump suctions.
  • Increase charging flow to >92 gpm.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a. Page 1 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
b. CVCS is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
c. 1A BAT is on service, 1B BAT is in standby.
d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to complete the actions of ESP-0.1, beginning at step 4.

INITIATING CUE: You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME Candidate will evaluate step 4 and determine there is one stuck rod. The RNO steps are below.

1. (step 4.1 RNO) 1A or 1B BAT Pump hand switch S / U Start 1A or 1B boric acid transfer pump. taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT.

NOTE:

  • NO flow will be observed after opening MOV8104 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter. It is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2:

- Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1).

- Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3).

- Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through FI-110. (Element 4)

- May use AOP-27.0 guidance (STEP 2-NOTE: and align flow through FCV113A&B to attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP-27 are consistent with these elements.

  • The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, valves, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures; NO flow indicated locally on FI-110A. If Boric Acid filter DP directed to be checked, then inform the Control room that the D/P is 35 psid.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a. Page 2 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

2. (step 4.2.1 RNO) Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG S / U Align normal emergency boration flow path. PUMP SUCT MOV8104.

Observes MOV8104 RED light is LIT.

3. (step 4.2.2 RNO) Uses Gaitronics to contact Radside S / U IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath is SO. Directs Opening of V185 per NOT available then align manual emergency RNO step 4.2.2 of ESP-0.1.

boration flowpath.

- Directs Radside SO to open V185 CUE from Booth operator:

Radside SO acknowledges AFTER 1 minute: CUE from Booth operator: Radside operator reports V185 is open.

- OPENS FCV113A (may also open FCV113B while waiting on local actions OPENS FCV-113A. Observes per AOP-27) FCV113A RED light is LIT.

NOTE:

  • Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown).
  • ARP-1.4 DE1, which will come into alarm if the actions above are not taken, and would direct the adjustment of charging flow, if addressed.
4. (step 4.3.1 RNO) OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM S / U Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service. HV8149A.

Observes HV8149A RED light is LIT.

5. (step 4.3.2 RNO) OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM S / U Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service. HV8149B or C.

Observes HV8149B or C RED light is LIT.

6. (step 4.4.1 RNO) Adjust charging flow to greater S / U Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm. than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122. Observes FI-122A reads >40 gpm.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a. Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

7. (step 4.4.2/3/4 RNO) Check emergency & manual S / U Check emergency or manual emergency boration boration flow greater than 30 gpm.

flow greater than 30 gpm. Observes FI-110 and/or FI-113 indicate <30 gpm.

IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator: RADSIDE SO reports FI-110A indicates < 10 gpm.

NOTE:

  • Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
  • Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the aligned flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.
8. (ATT 2 step 1) Verifies 1C CHG PUMP HDR S / U Verify 1C CHG PUMP header valves open. valves open. Observes CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO MOV 8132A, 8132B, 8133A & 8133B RED lights are LIT.
9. (ATT 2 step 2) Determine that NO boration flow S / U Check boration flow adequate. from any boration flow path is available.

Observes FI-110 and FI-113 indicates <10 gpm.

IF REQUESTED, CUE from Booth operator: RADSIDE SO reports FI-110A indicates < 10 gpm.

  • 10. (ATT 2 step 2 RNO) Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves S / U Align charging pump suction to RWST. LCV115B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO LCV115C & E.

Observes LCV115B & D red lights are LIT, LCV115C & E GREEN lights are LIT.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a. Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

11. (ATT 2 step 3.1) Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN S / U Verify charging pump discharge flow path - HX MOV8107 & MOV8108 open.

ALIGNED. Observes MOV8107 & 8108 RED lights are LIT.

12. (ATT 2 step 3.2) Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE S / U Verify only one charging line valve - OPEN. HV8146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE HV8147 OPEN.

Observes Q1E21HV8146 OR HV8147 RED light is LIT.

NOTE: Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 (while placing letdown in service).

  • 13. (ATT 2 step 3.3 RNO) CHG FLOW FK 122 manually S / U Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm. adjusted as necessary. Observes FI-122A indicates >92 gpm.

STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-ESP-0.1, Version 32.0
2. Technical Specifications
3. K/As: 024AA2.02 RO-3.9 SRO-4.4 024AA2.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1. None Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation

1. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
2. Not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
3. Not critical Aligning manual emergency makeup is an alternative path that could

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a. Page 5 of 7 be taken, but is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.

4. Not critical: Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure.
5. Not critical: Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since this will be addressed later in the procedure.
6. Not critical since this flow is not sufficient for the required supply. However this is the step at which the required flow is likely to be achieved.
7. Not critical since this step is a check and improper evaluation alone does not constitute the critical step.
8. Not critical since these valves are open
9. Not critical since the BA filter is clogged.
10. Critical: Align charging pump suction to RWST since these MOVs are closed and this is required to align boration flow to the chg pump suctions.
11. not critical since these valves are open
12. not critical since one of these valves is open
13. Critical: Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to > 92 gpm until this step.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM a. Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Perform An Emergency Boration. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
b. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1C charging pump running.
c. 1A BAT is on service, 1B BAT is in standby.
d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to complete the actions of ESP-0.1, beginning at step 4.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 1 of 7

b. Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And Aligned EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-218 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL _ PRA X_

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
4. Allow student time to review control board.
5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated and Aligned.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection has occurred.
b. EEP-0 is in progress.
c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to perform Attachment 2 Automatic Actions Verification, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. (step 11.1)

Checks MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11-1 lights LIT.

Verify PHASE A CTMT ISO S / U Observes both are not LIT.

actuated.

2. (step 11.1)

Train A CTMT ISO PHASE A hand switch Actuate train A CTMT ISO S / U placed to actuate. Observes nothing happens.

PHASE A.

NOTE:

  • The following B train components will be NOT be capable of being isolated requiring the A train equivalent to be closed:

o MLB 2 15-1, Q1E21MOV8100 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO o MLB 2 19-3 QSV47HV3625 CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)

A train B train system HV8112 - closed HV8100 (can not be closed) Seal Return (MCB) 1A/B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC F001A/3A (start) F001B/3B (start)

UNIT (BOP)

HV3622 - closed HV3623 - closed COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)

HV3624 - closed HV3625 (can not be closed) CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)

F002A - (start) F002B - (start) CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)

HV3626 - closed HV3627 - closed COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP HV3628 - closed HV3629 - closed CONT RM UTILITY EXH

3. (step 11.2)

Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT LIT. S / U Check all MLB 2 lights lit.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

NOTE:

  • CRITICAL COMPONENTS are listed below and Annotated with # symbol in ELEMENT 4.
  • 4. (step 11.2 RNO) For each light not LIT, the handswitch for the S / U Verifies Phase A CTMT component is taken to the required position to isolation using attachment 3. ensure MLB 2 light LIT.

NOTE:

  • THE BELOW CHART IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS AN EXAMINER AIDE.
  • SHADED BOXES DESIGNATE THE INDICATING LIGHT IS INTIALLY LIT.
  • If all MLB-2 lights for A train are LIT and all but 2 lights for B train are LIT, then all of the elements are considered sat. The table is provided as an enhancement, for the examiner, for marking which components have been manipulated.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

  • 4. CONTINUED 1-2 TDAFWP STM SUPP WARMUP ISO (BOP)- S / U Q1N12HV3234A 1-3 SW TO TURB BLDG ISO A TRN-Q1P16V515 S / U 1-4 SW TO TURB BLDG ISO B TRN-Q1P16V517 S / U 2-1 CTMT ATMOS TO R-11/12 ISO (BOP)- S / U Q1E14HV3657 2-2 CTMT ATMOS TO R-11/12 ISO (BOP)- S / U Q1E14MOV3660 2-3 CTMT P ISO (BOP)-Q1E14MOV3318B S / U 2-4 RX CAV CLG DMPR (BOP)-Q1E12HV3999A S / U 4-1 CHEM ADD TO 1A SG ISO (BOP) S / U Q1N25HV3772A 4-2 CHEM ADD TO 1B SG ISO (BOP)- S / U Q1N25HV3772B 4-3 CHEM ADD TO 1C SG ISO (BOP)- S / U Q1N25HV3772C 4-4 CCW FROM EXC LTDN/RCDT HXS- S / U Q1P17HV3443 5-1 (#) RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO-Q1E21MOV8112 S / U 5-2 LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM-Q1E21HV8149A S / U 5-4 LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM-Q1E21HV8149C S / U 6-2 CTMT SUMP DISCH (BOP)-Q1G21HV3377 S / U 6-3 CTMT SUMP RECIRC (BOP) S / U Q1G21HV3380

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

  • 4. CONTINUED 7-1 RCDT VENT LINE ISO-Q1G21HV7126 S / U 8-1 (# OR 19-1) 1A CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT S / U (BOP)-QSV49F001A/3A 8-3 RCS LOOPS 2 & 3 SAMPLE ISO (BOP)- S / U Q1P15HV3765 9-1 (# or 20-1) 1A CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP)- S / U QSV49F002A 10-1 (# or 19-2 ) COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP)- S / U QSV47HV3622 10-2 (#) CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)-QSV47HV3624 S / U 10-3 (# or 20-2) COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP)- S / U QSV47HV3626 10-4 (# or 20-3) CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP)- S / U QSV49HV3628 BEGIN B TRAIN 15-1 (Unable To Close and RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO Remain Closed) Q1E21MOV8100 S / U NOTE: Valve will stroke closed, but will IMMEDIATELY re-open.

19-1 (# or 8-1) 1B CONT RM FILTRATION RECIRC UNIT S / U (BOP)

QSV49F001B/3B 19-2 (# or 10-1) COMPUTER RM HVAC RTN (BOP) S / U QSV47HV3623 19-3 (Unable to Close) CONT RM HVAC SUPP (BOP) S / U QSV47HV3625 NOTE: Handswitch is disabled.

20-1 (# or 9-1) 1B CONT RM PRZN FILTER UNIT (BOP) S / U QSV49F002B

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 6 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE) 20-2 (# or 10-3) COMPUTER RM HVAC SUPP (BOP) S / U QSV47HV3627 20-3 (# or 10-4) CONT RM UTILITY EXH (BOP) S / U QSV49HV3629 STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0
2. K/As: 013A4.01 RO-4.5 SRO-4.8 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1 NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.

2 NOT Critical: Action will be unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.

3 NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.

4 Critical: Task completion:

A TRAIN: 2 fans must be started and 22 valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation. OR for B Train: 2 fans must be started and 3 valves/dampers manually closed which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation. Only one set of valves/fans on each train is critical.

COMMENTS:

NONE

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM b. Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform AUTOMATIC ACTIONS VERIFICATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection has occurred.
b. EEP-0 is in progress.
c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to perform Attachment 2 Automatic Actions Verification, of EEP-0 starting at step 11.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c. Page 1 of 6

c. Simulator JPM CRO-333C TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-219 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA ___

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
4. Allow student time to review control board.
5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Perform required actions to establish Cold and Hot Leg Recirculation.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c. Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. (step 1.1) Handswitches for MOV8888A & B are taken to S / U Verify A(B) RHR HX TO CLOSE.

RCS COLD LEGS ISO Observes red lights out and green lights lit.

MOV8888A and 8888B closed.

2. (step 1.1) Handswitches for MOV8887A & B are taken to S / U Open RHR TO RCS HOT OPEN. Observes green lights out and red lights LEGS XCON MOV8887A lit.

and 8887B.

3. (step 1.1) Handswitch for MOV8889 taken to OPEN. S / U Open RHR TO RCS HOT (MOV8889 will not open)

LEGS ISO MOV8889. Observes green light lit.

NOTE: Either 8887A or 8887B closed will satisfy the critical task

  • 4. (step 1 RNO) Handswitches for MOV8887A & B are taken to S / U Close RHR TO RCS HOT CLOSE.

LEGS XCON MOV8887A Observes red lights out and green lights lit.

and 8887B

5. (step 1 RNO) Light for MOV8889 checked. S / U Verify closed RHR TO RCS Observes green light lit.

HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c. Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

NOTE: Either 8888A or 8888B Open will satisfy the critical task

  • 6. (step 1 RNO) Handswitches for MOV8888A & B are taken to S / U Open A(B) RHR HX TO RCS OPEN.

COLD LEGS ISO Observes green lights out and red lights lit.

MOV8888A and 8888B.

NOTE: Either elements 7-12 OR 13-16 will satisfy the critical task.

  • 7. (step 2.1) Handswitch for 1A Chg Pump taken to OFF. S / U Stop 1A Chg Pump. Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.

NOTE: Step 2.2 will be evaluated by the student as N/A.

  • 8. (step 2.3) Handswitches for HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves S / U Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO MOV8803A & B taken to CLOSE.

valves MOV8803A and B Observes green lights lit.

  • 9. (step 2.4) Handswitch for MOV8886 taken to OPEN. S / U Open CHG PUMP RECIRC Observes green light out and red light lit.

TO HOT LEGS valve MOV8886.

  • 12. (step 2.5) Handswitch for 1A or 1B Chg Pump taken to S / U Start either 1A or 1B Chg START.

Pump. Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.

  • 13. (step 3.1) Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to OFF. S / U Stop 1C Chg Pump Observes green light lit, amps fall to 0 amps.
  • 14. (step 3.2) Handswitch for MOV8885 taken to CLOSE. S / U Close CHG PUMP RECIRC Observes green light lit.

TO RCS COLD LEGS valve MOV8885

  • 15 (step 3.3) Handswitch for MOV8884 taken to OPEN. S / U Open CHG PUMP RECIRC Observes red light lit.

TO RCS HOT LEGS valve MOV8884

  • 16. (step 3.4) Handswitch for 1C Chg Pump taken to START. S / U Start 1C Chg Pump Observes red light lit, amps rise, flow increases.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c. Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

17. (step 4) Alignment checked for proper LHSI and HHSI S / U Check at least one train of line-up.

LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.

18. (step 5) Flow checked on FI-943, 940, HHSI Flow A (B) S / U Verify SI flow stable train recirc flow and FI-605A/605B RHR HDR flow.

STOP TIME Terminate JPM after SI flow verified stable.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP ESP-1.4, Rev. 16.0
2. K/A: 006A4.07 RO-4.4 SRO-4.4 011EA1.11 RO-4.2 SRO-4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c. Page 5 of 6 Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1-3 NON Critical: System alignment and discovery of failed component MOV8889. The alignment of these components will not affect examinees ability to establish Low Head Cold leg Recirculation.

4 CRITICAL: Closing one MOV-8887A OR B is required for train separation.

5 NON Critical: MOV8889 is failed closed.

6 CRITICAL: Re-opening MOV8888A OR MOV8888B will establish low head cold leg recirculation.

7-12 CRITICAL: Elements 7-12 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.

13-16 CRITICAL: Elements 13-16 stops the charging pump and realigns flow to hot leg. Since the flow is secured during realignment securing the pump prevents damage to the pump. This establishes High Head Hot Leg Recirculation.

17 NON Critical: Verification step only no action taken 18 NON Critical: Indication verification step only no action taken COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM c. Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
b. The 1A and 1B RHR pumps and the 1A and 1C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d. Page 1 of 6

d. Simulator JPM CRO-043A with high vibrations TITLE: Start the 1C RCP EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-220 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA ___

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre-job brief.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. After pre-job brief complete, allow student time to review control board.
4. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Startup the 1C RCP per FNP-1-SOP-1.1
  • Recognize RCP trip criteria being exceeded and
  • Trip the 1C RCP.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d. Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at ~ 360 °F.
b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
c. 1A and 1B RCPs are running.
d. RCS pressure is ~ 420 psig.
e. 1C RCP was secured to add oil to the upper reservoir. The oil addition is now complete.
f. Steps 4.3.1 through 4.3.10 of FNP-1-SOP-1.1 have been completed.
g. The pre-job brief that is required will be done in a briefing room and when the pre-job brief is concluded, you will start at step 4.3.11 to start the 1C RCP.

Your task is to continue the startup of the 1C RCP per SOP-1.1, starting at Step 4.3.11.

INITIATING CUE, You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

  • 1. (step 4.3.11) Handswitch for oil lift pump for 1C RCP taken S / U Start the 1C RCP oil lift pump. to START. Observes the red indicating light comes on.
2. (step 4.3.12) Handswitch indication for HV-8141C checked. S / U Verify 1C RCP SEAL LEAKOFF Observes valve position indicator red light is lit.

VALVE Q1E21HV-8141C is open.

3. (step 4.3.13) Seal leakoff flow rate determined on PI-154A to S / U Verify 1C RCP No. 1 seal leakoff be ~ 375 psig and FI-154A blue pen reads ~ 0.5 flow rate is within the limits of gpm.

Figure-1 Evaluates Figure-1 conditions SAT.

4. (step 4.3.14/15) Checks DC4 & DD1. S / U Verify that DC4, SEAL WTR INJ Observes the annunciators are not lit.

FLTR HI D/P and DD1, RCP SEAL INJ FLOW LO are clear.

5. (step 4.3.16) PI-156A, 155A, and 154A indication observed to S / U Verify all RCP No. 1 seal DPs are be greater than 210 psid.

greater than 210 psid.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d. Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

6. (step 4.3.17) Checks DC3 and Observes the annunciator is S / U Verify that DC3, RCP #1 SEAL LO not lit.

D/P is clear.

7. (step 4.3.18) Verifies at least two minutes has elapsed. S / U Verify oil lift pump for 1C RCP has Observes the white indicating light is on above been running for at least two minutes the 1C RCP oil lift pump handswitch.

and is producing adequate pressure.

NOTE: High Vibration alarm will come in when Flow reaches 100%

  • 8. (step 4.3.19) Pump handswitch placed to start with red S / U Start 1C RCP. handswitch indication. Observes FI-434/435/436 for increasing flow rate, then the flow indicators stabilize at ~ 115 %.
9. (step 4.3.20) 1C RCP AMPMETER checked to indicate ~ 840 S / U Verify 1C RCP amperage decreases amps.

to normal operating range

10. (step 4.3.21) Checks and Observes the annunciator is not lit. S / U Verify EF3, 1C RCS LOOP FLOW LO or C RCP BKR OPEN annunciator is clear.

NOTE: Applicant may not have enough time to stop RCP oil lift pump if HIGH Vibration alarms come in before 1 minute elapsed. Leaving this pump running has no detrimental effect.

11. (step 4.3.22) 1C RCP Oil Lift Pump handswitch taken to stop. S / U Stop the oil lift pump for 1C RCP Observes the pump breaker indicator green light after at least one minute of operation. lit.
12. Responds to annunciator HH4, Acknowledges annunciator(s) AND references S / U RCP VIB TRBL ARP for HH4
13. (step 1 of HH4) Observes RCS flow, subcooling, and RCP S / U Monitor RCS flow, subcooling current and determines NPSH is adequate.

conditions and RCP run current to determine if low NPSH conditions exist.

14. (step 2 of HH4) Observes Seal injection flows and trends and S / U Monitor seal injection flow to insure determines no problems.

a seal problem is not causing the increased vibration.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d. Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

15. (step 3 of HH4) On plant computer observes RCP bearing S / U Monitor RCP bearing temperatures. temperatures.

CUE: After dispatched provide the following report. 1C RCP shaft vibration is reading 21 MILS and slowly increasing, frame vibration is reading 3.5 MILS and slowly increasing.

16. (step 4 of HH4) Dispatches SSS or Radside to investigate S / U Dispatch appropriate personnel to the vibration readings.

139' EPR to observe vibration monitoring equipment to determine affected pump, vibration level, and rate of increase.

17. (step 5 of HH4) Notifies SSS or Shift Supervisor to make S / U IF Westinghouse has not been appropriate notifications.

previously notified of an abnormal vibration on a RCP, THEN notify Westinghouse of the RCP vibration.

(Ref. Westinghouse Infogram IG95008A)

  • 18. (step 6 of HH4) Recognize conditions exceed RCP trip criteria S / U IF shaft vibration is 15 MILS AND and secures 1C RCP the rate of increase in vibration Observes the pump breaker indicator green light exceeds 1 MIL per hour OR shaft lit and amps decrease to zero.

vibration under any conditions exceeds 20 MILS, THEN perform the following:

  • Stop the affected RCP.

STOP TIME Terminate when 1C RCP is secured.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-SOP-1.1, Version 47.2
2. FNP-1-UOP-1.1, Version 94.3
3. FNP-1/2-SOP-2.1; Reference only, no steps or actions contained in the SOP.
4. FNP-1-ARP-1.8, Version 35.2
5. K/As: 003A1.01 RO-2.9 SRO-2.9 003A2.02 RO-3.7 SRO-3.9

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d. Page 5 of 6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1 Critical: Task completion: required to start the 1C RCP oil lift pump for successful completion of the task. In the plant if this is not done then the RCP amps will be higher than normal and a possible RCP trip could occur.

2 NOT Critical: Verifying components which are already in the required position.

3-6 NOT Critical: Verifying flows are within limits and alarms are cleared prior to starting the RCP.

7 NOT Critical: Verifying RCP oil lift pump white light is lit. This occurs w/i 2 minutes after the pump is started.

8 Critical: Task completion: This starts the 1C RCP which is the task at hand.

9-10 NOT Critical: to check alarms are clear and amps decrease.

11 NOT Critical: stopping the oil lift pump is not critical in this situation since there are no adverse affects to not stopping the oil lift pump and it is more important to stop the running RCP with high vibrations.

12 NOT Critical: Responding to the alarm is not critical as long as the correct actions are taken.

13-15 NOT Critical: Plant conditions observed have no bearing on vibration condition 16 NOT Critical: Dispatching an operator to obtain information that provides the decision point to secure the RCP. Examine may choose to secure RCP before receiving this data.

17 NOT Critical: Notification step only 18 Critical: Secures RCP to prevent further damage.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM d. Pg 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START the 1C RCP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Plant is in Mode 3 with RCS temperature at ~ 360 °F.
b. A bubble is established in the Pressurizer.
c. 1A and 1B RCPs are running.
d. RCS pressure is ~ 420 psig.
e. 1C RCP was secured to add oil to the upper reservoir. The oil addition is now complete.
f. Steps 4.3.1 through 4.3.10 of FNP-1-SOP-1.1 have been completed.
g. The pre-job brief that is required will be done in a briefing room and when the pre-job brief is concluded, you will start at step 4.3.11 to start the 1C RCP.

Your task is to continue the startup of the 1C RCP per SOP-1.1, starting at Step 4.3.11.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e. Page 1 of 6

e. Simulator JPM CRO-239 TITLE: Align Service Water to the AFW System EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-221 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA __

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
4. Allow student time to review control board.
5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Start 1A MDAFW pump Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e. Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Just entered ESP-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water.
c. CST level is falling rapidly due to a tank rupture.
d. The 1A / 1B MDAFW and TDAFW pumps were secured due to the onset of cavitation.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME NOTE: BOP keys are labeled for inventory purposes only, any key will fit any valve on BOP.

1. (per Note) Keys obtained. NOTE: Keys for BOP valves S / U Obtain the keys for MOV-3209A on Simulator are located outside the MCR, and MOV-3209B. going towards the BOP, in a key locker on the side of the chart rack.
2. (Step 4.7.1) Shift Chemist is called and informed that SW S / U Notify Shift Chemist that SW will will be supplied to the steam generators.

be added to the steam generators. (CUE from Booth operator: The Shift Chemist acknowledges.)

3. (step 4.7.2) Service water system checked. Observes bus S / U Verify the service water system is power is available, the pump breakers are in operation. closed, and header pressure is >70psig.
  • 4. (step 4.7.3) Key placed in switch for MOV-3209A and S / U Open MOV-3209A. taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
  • 5. (step 4.7.3) Key placed in switch for MOV-3209B and S / U Open MOV-3209B. taken to open. Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.
  • 6. (step 4.7.4) Handswitch for MOV-3210A taken to open. S / U Open service water to MDAFW Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.

pump 1A MOV-3210A.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e. Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

  • 7. (step 4.7.4) Handswitch for MOV-3210B taken to open. S / U Open service water to MDAFW Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.

pump 1B MOV-3210B.

  • 8. (step 4.7.4) Handswitch for MOV-3216 taken to open. S / U Open service water to TDAFW Observes Red light lit and Green Light out.

pump MOV-3216.

9. (step 4.7.4.1) Determines this is NOT necessary S / U IF necessary to align TDAFWP suction from B Train service water, THEN perform the following:
10. (step 4.7.5) Operator goes to section 4.1 of SOP-22 for S / U IF required, THEN place AFW MDAFW pump start-up system in operation per Section 4.1 or 4.3 of this SOP.
11. (step 4.1.1) Operator checks JK1 and JK2 not in alarm. S / U Verify 1A or 1B MDAFWP SUCT Observes JK1 and JK2 white lights not lit.

PRESS LO annunciator clear for the MDAFWP to be started.

NOTE: Depending on plant conditions, an AFW Auto-Start signal may be present. Use of the MCB placard (Figure 3 of SOP-22) will be required to reset this signal. The student may elect to take all three handswitches to RESET per the guidance below. However, only MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET A TRN and/or MDAFWP FCV 3227 RESET B TRN will be required to be taken to RESET if its associated handswitch WHITE light is lit. Taking the handswitch(es) to RESET will cause the associated WHITE light(s) to go out and allow 3227A/B/C to be closed in element 12.

Placard on MCB:

1. Momentarily place the following handswitches in RESET:
  • TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e. Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

12. (step 4.1.2) Operator adjusts HIC 3227AA, BA and CA to S / U Fully close MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B 0% demand.

and 1C SG FLOW CONT HIC 3227AA, BA and CA (0%

demand).

13. (step 4.1.3) Operator checks 3227A, B, and C in MOD S / U Verify in the MOD position: position.
  • MDAFWP TO 1A, 1B and 1C SG Q1N23HV3227A, B and C Operator checks MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG
  • MDAFWP to 1A/1B/1C SG B B TRN FCV3227 hand switch in MOD TRN FCV3227 position
  • 14. (step 4.1.4) Operator rotates 1A/1B pump start switch to S / U Verify that a startup transient is start position and releases switch.

indicated on the pump motor Observes Red light lit, starting current on ammeter and that pump discharge II3305A/B increases and discharge pressure pressure increases for the selected on PI3213A/B rising MDAFWP to be started.

STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-SOP-22.0, Version 68.4
2. FNP-1-ESP-1.2, Version 24
3. K/As: 061A1.05 RO-3.6 SRO-3.7 009EA1.11 RO-4.1 SRO-4.1 009EA2.39 RO-4.3 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1 NON Critical: Valves in element 4 and 5 are operated with these keys but getting the key is not critical.

2 NON Critical: Notification step only

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e. Page 5 of 6 3 NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 4-8 CRITICAL: Completes part of the assigned task by establishing the mechanical line up of Service Water the AFW pump suctions.

9 NON Critical: Evaluation step, even if evaluated incorrectly has no consequence.

10 NON Critical: Procedure flow path step, directing operator to next section.

11 NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 12 NON Critical: Valves will already be nearly closed and failure to fully close them would have no adverse effects on the plant.

13 NON Critical: Check step only no actions required 14 CRITICAL: Starting one MDAFW pump is part of the assigned task and therefore critical. Observing proper starting indications is NOT Critical.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM e. Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN SERVICE WATER TO THE AFW SYSTEM, THEN START THE 1A or 1B MDAFW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Just entered ESP-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
b. Foldout page criteria has been met to Align AFW pumps suction to Service Water.
c. CST level is falling rapidly due to a tank rupture.
d. The 1A / 1B MDAFW and TDAFW pumps were secured due to the onset of cavitation.
e. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to align service water to the AFW system, then start the 1A or 1B MDAFW pump per ESP-1.2 foldout page criteria.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f. Page 1 of 4

f. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Two Train Verification Of ECCS Equipment EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 5 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-222 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA ___

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. Provide student with HANDOUT.
4. Allow student time to review control board.
5. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Recognize lack of support conditions for the operating diesel generator.
  • Perform an emergency shutdown of the diesel generator.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/2/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f. Page 2 of 4 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION.

The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
b. Unit 2 service water to the 1B Diesel Generator is tagged closed.
c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to complete Attachment 4 Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification, of EEP-0.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. (step 1.1) Check DF01 closed. S / U Check breaker DF01 closed. Observes DF01 red light lit. White power available lights lit for F 4160V bus.
2. (step 1.2) Check DF02 closed. S / U Verify breaker DF02 closed. Observes DF02 red light lit. White power available lights lit for K 4160V bus.
3. (step 1.3) Check DG15 closed. S / U Check breaker DG15 closed. Observes DG15 red light lit. White power available lights lit for G 4160V bus.
4. (step 1.4) Examinee may take breaker DG02 to reset then S / U Verify breaker DG02 closed. to close. The examinee should not attempt to reset the breaker.

Observes DG02 green and amber lights lit.

White power available lights not lit for L 4160V bus.

RNO 1.4 Secure 1B DG per attachment 1 (student may use posted procedure).

  • 5. (step 1.1) Attachment 1 Train A and B SI reset pushbuttons depressed. S / U Verify SI is RESET. Observes MLB-1 1-1 and MLB1 11-1 are not lit.
  • 6. (step 1.2) Attachment 1 1B DG MODE SELECTOR SWITCH placed in S / U Place the affected diesel MODE 2 position.

generator MODE SELECTOR Observes The MSS is in MODE 2.

SWITCH to MODE 2.

  • 7. (step 1.3) Attachment 1 1B diesel generator EMERG START RESET S / U Depress the affected diesel pushbutton depressed.

generator DIESEL EMERG Observes the DG EMERG START light goes START RESET pushbutton. out.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f. Page 3 of 4 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

Note: Failure to perform steps 1.5 (Element 9) and 1.6 (Element 10) immediately following step 1.4 (Element 8) may result in restart of the diesel generator when the low speed relay de-energizes.

  • 8. (step 1.4) Attachment 1 1B diesel generator STOP pushbutton depressed. S / U Depress affected diesel Observes DIESEL STOP light lit.

generator STOP pushbutton.

  • 9. (step 1.5) Attachment 1 1B diesel generator MODE SELECTOR S / U Place affected diesel generator SWITCH placed to MODE 3.

MODE SELECTOR Observes The MSS is in MODE 3. EPB SWITCH to MODE 3. annunciator VB1 alarms.

10. (step 1.6) Attachment 1 1B diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START S / U Depress the affected diesel RESET button is depressed.

generator DIESEL EMERG Observes DG EMERG START light remains START RESET pushbutton. off.

STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.

CUE: Another operator will complete the remainder of Attachment 4.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 44.0
2. K/As: 064A4.06 RO-3.9 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1-4 NON Critical: Elements have no consequential actions performed. Checking positions of breakers.

5 CRITICAL: Allows the Emergency Start Signal to clear to allow shutdown of DG.

6 CRITICAL: Position allows for DG to be shutdown from EPB.

7 CRITICAL: Resets the Emergency Restart signal allowing the DG to be shutdown.

8 CRITICAL: Shuts DG down.

9 CRITICAL: Prevents any AUTO starts from restarting the DG.

10 NON Critical: Clears any Emergency Start signals present. While in Mode 3 these signals have no effect on the diesel.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM f. Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform TWO TRAIN ECCS ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION.

The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A safety injection has occurred due to a LOCA in containment.
b. Unit 2 service water to the 1B Diesel Generator is tagged closed.
c. A pre-job brief is NOT required.

Your task is to complete Attachment 4 Two Train ECCS Alignment Verification, of EEP-0.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g. Page 1 of 6

g. Simulator JPM CRO-406E TITLE: Lower The Refueling Cavity Level Using The Residual Heat Removal System EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-241 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA ___

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Place student in quiet area with HANDOUT, reference material, and a copy of starting procedure to perform a pre-job brief.
2. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
3. After pre-job brief complete, allow student time to review control board.
4. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Operate the RHR system to lower cavity level.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/14/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g. Page 2 of 6 SIMULATOR SETUP Reset into IC-243 Danger tag the following:

o RCP hand switches o PZR heater control switches o 8809 MOVs o 8811 MOVs o 8812 MOVs o RMW pump Trend LT-2965B on the OATC IPC Computer Place working radios in booth and on OATC desk.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g. Page 3 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
c. The Tri-Nuclear Filter system is shutdown.
d. The Cavity underwater lights are de-energized.
e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT.
f. "B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned.
g. "A" Train RHR is operable and secured.
h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR.
i. The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7.
j. A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics.

Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0 on IPC LT-2965B per SOP-7.0, Step 4.11.2.

INITIATING CUE: You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

  • 1. (step 4.11.2.2) Handswitch for MOV-8887B taken to close. S / U Close RHR to RCS hot legs Observes GREEN light is lit.

X-connect MOV-8887B

  • 2. (step 4.11.2.3) Handswitch for MOV-8888A taken to close. S / U Close 1A RHR Hx to RCS Observes GREEN light is lit.

cold leg iso MOV-8888A

3. (step 4.11.2.4) MOV-8701A & 8701B position indication S / U Verify open RCS loop suction checked. Observes RED lights are lit.

MOV-8701A & 8701B

4. (step 4.11.2.5) MOV-8889 position indication checked. S / U Verify closed RHR to hot leg Observes GREEN light is lit.

iso MOV-8889

5. (step 4.11.2.6) SO directed to locally verify flow. S / U Verify pump seal cooler flow (CUE from Booth operator: SO reports CCW

>5.5 gpm for 1A RHR pump seal flow is 7 gpm.)

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g. Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

  • 6. (step 4.11.2.7) 1A RHR pump handswitch taken to start. S / U Start the 1A RHR pump Observes the RED light lit, and ~25 amps indicated.
7. (step 4.11.2.8) MOV-602A indicates open. S / U Verify open 1A RHR Observes RED light is lit.

miniflow MOV-602A NOTE: FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE REMAINING STEPS, OPERATORS ARE ON STATION AT THE REFUELING CAVITY AND AT V-8881 AVAILABLE BY GAITRONICS.

  • 8. (step 4.11.2.9) SO directed to throttle open V-8881 and S / U While monitoring the RWST commence lowering level.

and cavity levels, unlock and (CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 throttle open V-8881 to throttled open.)

control cavity drain rate

9. (step 4.11.3) Monitors level for desired condition. S / U Lower Refueling Cavity level Observes IPC level indication lowering.

to obtain one of the following conditions:

  • approximately 6 inches below the reactor vessel flange (draining to install removed components)
  • desired level
  • 10. (step 4.11.3.1) WHEN desired 1A RHR pump handswitch taken to stop. S / U level obtained, THEN Stop Observes the GREEN light is lit and amps 1A(1B) RHR PUMP started in decrease to 0.

step 4.11.2.7.

11. (step 4.11.3.2) SO directed to close and lock V-8881. S / U Close and lock V-8881 (CUE from Booth operator: SO reports V-8881 closed and locked.)

STOP TIME Terminate when RHR pump secured.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g. Page 5 of 6 GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-SOP-7.0, Version 100.1
2. K/A: 034A1.02 RO-2.9 SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1 CRITICAL: Provides separation between operating train and train being used for draining.

2 CRITICAL: Isolates flow path to RCS 3 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.

4 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.

5 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.

6 CRITICAL: Starting pump provides pressure to move water to RWST.

7 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.

8 CRITICAL: Initiates flow to RWST draining cavity level.

9 NON Critical: Check step only no operation performed.

10 CRITICAL: Stopping pump secures lowering of cavity level prior to level reaching 149.5.

11 NON Critical: Stopping the RHR pump will stop the cavity from lowering.

The RWST is at a higher level than the refueling cavity and the configuration is such that siphoning will not occur.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM g. Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin you are to LOWER THE REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL USING THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Fuel is in the reactor vessel.
b. The upper internals are on the stand in the lower cavity.
c. The Tri-Nuclear Filter system is shutdown.
d. The Cavity underwater lights are de-energized.
e. The pressurizer is adequately vented to the PRT.
f. "B" Train RHR is in service with low press letdown aligned.
g. "A" Train RHR is operable and secured.
h. Surveillances are current for both trains of RHR.
i. The refueling cavity level is currently 151.7.
j. A systems operator has been briefed and is in containment with communication established with the control room by gaitronics.

Your task is to lower the refueling cavity level to the desired level of 150.0 on IPC LT-2965B per SOP-7.0, Step 4.11.2.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h. Page 1 of 7

h. Simulator JPM CRO-395D TITLE: OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12 EVALUATION LOCATION: X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME: 7 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-243 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA ___

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Examinee will obtain all references from the simulator.
2. Turn one IPC computer around so that the examinee will not be able to see it available for examiner. Display point J12.
3. The actions of this task are intended to be performed on an Active Simulator in which the examinee may diagnose the correctness of system response to his/her actions and respond to any abnormal conditions which may arise.
4. Provide student with HANDOUT.
5. Allow student time to review control board.
6. Instructor will be provided to address alarms not related to evaluated task.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Report the value of the specified CETC as indicated by SOP-68.0.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Howard Fitzwater Date: 4/25/11 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h. Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.

Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP-1-SOP-68.0.

INITIATING CUE, You may begin.

NOTES TO EXAMINER:

1) J12 ADDRESS IS IN TABLE 7, AND J12 IS IN CHANNEL A; a common error is that B train is manipulated during this task.
2) J12 will be displayed on a Plant Computer unavailable to the examinee to aid the examiner in verifying the correct value is obtained.
3) An alternate method exists to complete this task. Although not expected to be performed by the examinee, this method starts at element 9.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. (step 4.6.2.1) Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as S / U Determine the two digit address for thermocouple address point and is an A train J12 CETC.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h. Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

  • 2. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed S / U conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or once.

may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: With Observes CET light lit.

CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated )

Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.

  • 3. (step 4.6.2.2) SUBMODE S / U pushbutton depressed Select display to CE 1st / 2 nd until CE displayed.

AS found: HI 1st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved

  • 4. (step 4.6.2.3 and 4.6.2.4) SUBMODE ACK S / U pushbutton Select display to CE00 ALARM ACK depressed until submode portion of AS found: HI . SUBMODE 1st button push: CE . the pushbutton is 2nd button push: ALL. 1st / 2 nd 3rd button push: return to HI . mode illuminated and not flashing, May be repeated until desired mode achieved SUBMODE 1st portion of the 1st / 2 nd pushbutton is flashing.
  • 5. (step 4.6.2.5) SUBMODE S / U Depress pushbutton Align display to read CE 10 1st / 2 nd until 1 appears in the tens digit.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h. Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

  • 6. (step 4.6.2.6) SUBMODE ACK S / U Depress Align to select ones digit ALARM ACK pushbutton.
  • 7. (step 4.6.2.7) SUBMODE S / U Depress pushbutton Align display to read CE 14 1st / 2 nd until 4 is displayed in the ones digit. 1st/2nd pushbutton depressed until CE 14 in monitor window.
  • 8. (step 4.6.2.8) SUBMODE ACK S / U pushbutton Determine value of J12 ALARM ACK depressed.

ALTERNAT E METHOD

9. (step 4.6.2.1) Table 7 used to identify CE 14 as S / U Determine the two digit address for thermocouple address point and is an A train J12 CETC.
  • 10. (step 4.6.1 provides the guidance to set initial TMAX/CET pushbutton depressed S / U conditions required by 4.6.2.2 this action may or once.

may not be conducted prior to step 4.6.2.2: With Observes CET light lit.

CET portion of the TMAX/CET push-button illuminated )

Place A train in CET AS found: TMAX mode 1st button push: CET Mode 2nd button push: return to TMAX mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved.

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h. Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

  • 11. (step 4.6.2.2) SUBMODE S / U pushbutton depressed Select display to ALL 1st / 2 nd until ALL displayed.

AS found: HI 1st button push: CE 2nd button push: ALL 3rd button push: return to HI mode May be repeated until desired mode achieved

  • 12. (step 4.6.2.3) SUBMODE ACK S / U pushbutton Acknowledge display in ALL ALARM ACK depressed until submode portion of AS found: HI . SUBMODE 1st button push: CE . the pushbutton is 2nd button push: ALL. 1st / 2 nd 3rd button push: return to HI . mode illuminated and not flashing, May be repeated until desired mode achieved NOTE: In the ALL submode, the display will start to automatically sequence through all quadrant and SUBMODE ACK core exit temperature values as soon as the ALARM ACK pushbutton is depressed.
  • 13. Determine value of J12 Examinee will wait until CE14 is S / U displayed and then determine the value.

STOP TIME Terminate when the value for thermocouple J12 is displayed.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP SOP-68.0 Revision 8.1
2. K/As: 017A4.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h. Page 6 of 7 Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation

1. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#7).
2. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
3. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
4. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
5. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
6. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
7. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
8. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.

ALTERNATE METHOD

9. Not critical since finding the correct value in the Table will be revealed at element 7; affect on the final outcome of the task will be captured at a later element (#13).
10. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
11. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
12. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective
  • This button has to be in the correct alignment to get the correct value for the thermocouple.
13. CRITICAL to accomplish the assigned TASKs objective The examinee must wait until the correct thermocouple address is displayed get the correct value for that thermocouple.

COMMENTS:

ILT-36 SIMULATOR JPM h. Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to OBTAIN THE VALUE OF THERMOCOUPLE J12. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Integrated Plant Computer (IPC) is NOT available.

Your task is to obtain the value of Core Exit Thermocouple J12 per FNP-1-SOP-68.0.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i. Page 1 of 5

i. In Plant JPM SO-344 TITLE: Start Up An Instrumentation Inverter EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Place the A Instrument Inverter in service Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i. Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
b. Instrumentation inverter A is being returned to service after maintenance.

Your task is to place instrumentation inverter A in service per FNP-1[2]-SOP-36.4 starting at step 4.1.2.

INITIATING CUE, You may begin.

NOTE: THIS JPM MAY BE PERFORMED ON EITHER UNIT. THE UNIT TWO NUMBERS, IF DIFFERENT, ARE [BRACKETED].

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. (step 4.1.2.1) Breakers verified in OFF. S / U Verify the battery input breaker in OFF (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
2. (step 4.1.2.2) Breaker is verified in OFF. S / U Verify the inverter output breaker in OFF (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)
3. (step 4.1.2.3) In 120VAC Distribution Panel G S / U Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC breaker #8 [#7] is verified closed.

supply breaker (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)

  • 4. (step 4.1.2.4) LA-10 handswitch is taken to the S / U Close the inverter A DC supply breaker closed position.

(CUE: The indicating light changed from green to red and the mechanical indicator indicates closed.)

  • 5. (step 4.1.2.5) The battery input breaker is taken S / U Place the battery input breaker in the ON to ON.

position (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i. Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

  • 6. (step 4.1.2.6) The inverter output breaker is S / U Place the inverter output breaker in the ON taken to ON.

position (CUE: the identified breaker(s) is as you described.)

7. (step 4.1.2.7) The Inverter In Sync light should S / U Verify that the inverter is in sync with the be lit and the Out Of Sync light bypass source should be out.

(CUE: In SYNC lamp is lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp is not.)

NOTE: In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).

  • 8. (step 4.1.2.8) The Manual Bypass Switch is S / U Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS switch to transferred.

the NORMAL OPERATION position (CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)

  • 9. (step 4.1.2.9) The INVERTER TO LOAD S / U Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton is depressed.

pushbutton NOTE: NON-CRITICAL ELEMENT 10 IS NOT PROCEDURALIZED ON UNIT 2.

10. (step 4.1.2.9.1 UNIT 1 ONLY) INVERTER POWERING LOAD S / U Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp checked.

lamp lit (CUE: INVERTER POWEREING LOAD lamp is lit.)

11. Report to the CRO that inverter A has The CRO is notified. S / U been placed in service (CUE: The CRO acknowledges.)

STOP TIME Terminate after Control Room Operator is informed that inverter A has been placed in service.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-SOP-36.4, Ver 81.0
2. FNP-2-SOP-36.4, Ver 62.1
3. K/As: 062A2.03 RO-2.9 SRO-3.4

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i. Page 4 of 5 057AA1.01 RO-3.7 SRO-3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1-3 NOT Critical: Check steps only, no operations performed.

4-6 Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in-service.

7 NOT Critical: No operations performed.

8, 9 Critical: This is the assigned task, improper performance of any of these will result in the Inverter not being in-service.

10 NOT Critical: Check steps only, no operations performed.

11 NOT Critical: Notification step only.

COMMENTS:

Unit 1 Unit 2 This page is intentionally blank.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM i. Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP AN INSTRUMENTATION INVERTER. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Plant is in Mode 1.
b. Instrumentation inverter A is being returned to service after maintenance.

Your task is to place instrumentation inverter A in service per FNP-1[2]-SOP-36.4 starting at step 4.1.2.

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems 1 of 62 S

A F

E T

Y 120V AC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS R

E L

A T

E D

PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous: ALL

Reference:

NONE Information: NONE Approved By: David L Reed (for) Effective Date: November 1, 2012 Operations Manager

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems 2 of 62 Procedure Version Description Version Number Version Description Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES 81.0 WRITERS GUIDE.

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems 3 of 62 Table of Contents Page 1.0 Purpose .........................................................................................................................................4

2.0 Initial Conditions ............................................................................................................................4

3.0 Precautions and Limitations ..........................................................................................................4

4.0 Instructions ....................................................................................................................................6

4.1 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation .......................................6

4.2 TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation ...........................................................9

4.3 Manually Transferring Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Power Supply ....................................25

4.4 120V AC Regulated Instrumentation Panel 1A (B) Operation .........................................26

4.5 Energizing 208/120V AC Instrument Panel 1H (J) ..........................................................26

4.6 Energizing 208/120V AC Control Power Panel 1N (R), [S] .............................................27

4.7 Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C] ..........................................................................................................28

4.8 Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E] .........................................................................................................29

4.9 Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Inverter 1A (B), [C] ..........................................................................................................30

4.10 Energizing SSPS RCP bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2), [3] from Solatron 1C (D), [E] .........................................................................................................31

4.11 120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up ......................................32

4.12 SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation..............................................33

4.13 AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation: .............................................36

4.14 DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation .................................................40

5.0 References ..................................................................................................................................42

FIGURE 1 TDAFWP UPS ........................................................................................................44

APPENDIX 1 Controls and Indications .....................................................................................47

APPENDIX 2 TDAFWP UPS - Return to A Inverter through A Rectifier when B Inverter fails to SYNC ...................................................................................................................52

APPENDIX 3 TDAFWP UPS - Return to B Inverter through B Rectifier when A Inverter fails to SYNC ...................................................................................................................56

APPENDIX 4 Manually Bypassing the DEH Inverter with the Inverter OUT OF SYNCH .......60

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems 4 of 62 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the initial conditions, precautions and limitations, and instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system.

2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-36.3, 600, 480 AND 208/120 Volt AC Electrical Distribution System.

2.2 The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-37.1, 125 Volt D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System.

3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protections and E.S.F. instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.

3.2 120V vital AC instrumentation panels 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D are supplied by inverters 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D respectively. Distribution panels 1J and 1K are supplied by inverters 1F and 1G respectively. The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G for A train and 1H for B train.

{AI 2009206420}

3.3 Distribution panels 1J (K) feed BOP panels J (K). These BOP panels have an auctioneered power supply from solatron regulators 1G (1H).

3.4 Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.

3.5 Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.

3.6 The TDAFWP uninterruptible power supply battery charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.

3.7 If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.

3.8 DO NOT operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems 5 of 62 3.9 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimiters--one per phase. The loss of an isolimiter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off of the phase supplied by that isolimiter.

Drawing D-181599, sh. 3, shows the relationship of the load in each cabinet to the isolimiters.

3.10 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 1G and 1H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 1A and 1B. Drawings D-181599, sh. 3, D-177024, and D-177025 shows the relationship of the loads in each cabinet to the isolimiters.

3.11 Operation of the120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.

3.12 Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.

3.13 Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.

3.14 For the AMSAC UPS, the High Speed Transfer Logic HTL sense an inverter overload(O/L) and initiates a No-Break AC Transfer to the commercial power via the AC Regulator Filter-Conditioner on an inverse time basis. Only when the overload is cleared will the load be auto-retransferred to the inverter after approximately 1 minute delay. The occurrence of an O/L is stored in the O/L memory of the HTL and is indicated by a pilot light. Pressing the O/L memory cancel button will cancel the alarms. U265512 3.15 To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux.

Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings. Ref CR 367519.

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems 6 of 62 4.0 Instructions 4.1 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> period without any adverse affects.

4.1.1 IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:

4.1.1.1 Verify charger is on float charge.

4.1.1.2 Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.

NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load.

The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load.

4.1.1.3 Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:

EM SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 SCR4 SCR5 SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials Date 4.1.1.4 IF measure AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution.

EM

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems 7 of 62 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.

4.1.2 Placing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) In Service 4.1.2.1 Verify the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.

4.1.2.2 Verify the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.

4.1.2.3 Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:

Placekeeping AC SUPPLY BREAKER INVERTER 120V AC Distribution:

1A Panel 1G Brk #8 1B Panel 1G Brk #5 1C Panel 1H Brk #7 1D Panel 1H Brk #2 1F Panel 1G Brk #1 1G Panel 1H Brk #6 4.1.2.4 Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER Placekeeping 1A LA 10 1B LA 12 1C LB 04 1D LB 06 1F LA 16 1G LB 10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.

4.1.2.5 Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.

4.1.2.6 Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.

4.1.2.7 Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as follows:

4.1.2.7.1 Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.

4.1.2.7.2 Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-SOP-36.4 81.0 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:20:38 120V AC Distribution Systems 8 of 62 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.

NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).

4.1.2.8 Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.

4.1.2.9 Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.

4.1.2.9.1 Verify the INVERTER POWERING LOAD lamp lit.

4.1.3 Removing 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 1A (B, C, D, F, G) From Service:

4.1.3.1 Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.

4.1.3.2 Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as follows:

4.1.3.2.1 Verify IN SYNC lamp lit.

4.1.3.2.2 Verify OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.

CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.

4.1.3.3 Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.

NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.

4.1.3.4 Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.

4.1.3.5 Open the following breakers for respective inverter.

x BATTERY INPUT breaker x INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6 Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER Placekeeping 1A LA 10 1B LA 12 1C LB 04 1D LB 06 1F LA 16 1G LB 10

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems 1 of 45 S

A F

E T

Y 120V A. C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS R

E L

A T

E D

PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous: ALL

Reference:

NONE Information: NONE Approved:

David L Reed (for) July 2, 2012 Operations Manager Effective Date

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems 2 of 45 Procedure Version Description Version Number Version Description 61.0 Updated procedure to requirements of NMP-AP-002, SNC FLEET PROCEDURES WRITERS GUIDE.

Changed title of steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10, deleting Loss of Flow and replacing with RCP Bus UV. DCP 2082084101 Changed step 3.4 to address RCP Bus UV and TDAFWP auto start. DCP 2082084101.

Deleted step 3.13 and renumbered. DCP 2082084101 Deleted cautions before steps 4.7 & 4.10. DCP 2082084101 Reworded caution after steps 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10. Modified steps 4.7.1, 4.8.1, 4.9.1 & 4.10.1 to reference RCP Bus UV rather than Loss of Flow. DCP 2082084101 62.0  Changed position for breakers from OPEN to OFF and CLOSED to ON in steps 4.1.2.1, 4.1.2.2, 4.1.2.5, 4.1.2.6, 4.2.3.5.5, and 4.2.4.5.5 to match labeling in plant CR 345068

 Enhanced wording of step 4.2.2.12 CR 2011104041

 Enhanced wording of 1st bullet of note above 4.2.1.4 CR 2011104064

 Added steps 4.2.3.1 and 4.2.4.1 to close TDAFW warm-up valves for shutting down TDAFWP UPS and steps 4.2.1.22 and 4.2.2.22 to open TDAFW warm-up valves CR 353795

 Added P&L 3.14 CR 367519

 Corrected reference steps in 1st bullet of note below 4.2.1.5 CR 423361

 Corrected location of CB6 and CB16 breakers from in cabinet to on cabinet in notes above steps 4.2.1.4, 4.2.1.6, 4.2.2.4, 4.2.2.6, 4.2.3.5.1, and 4.2.4.5.1 CR 423361

 Added notes above 4.2.1.18, 4.2.2.18, 4.2.1.23.5, and 4.2.2.23.5 addressing Rectifier/charger overload light. CR 423913 62.1 CR - 471536 - Corrected breaker designation and nomenclature to match ESOMs for steps 4.2.1.1, 4.2.2.1, 4.2.3.5.6, 4.2.4.5.6 CR - 471536 - Added amplifying instructions to CAUTIONS preceding steps 4.2.1.13 &

4.2.2.13 CR - 475833 - corrected NOTE prior to step 4.2.2.5.1 which had letter designations that were not changed when step numbers were changed from letters to numbers - brc

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems 3 of 45 Table of Contents Page 1.0 Purpose .........................................................................................................................................4

2.0 Initial Conditions ............................................................................................................................4

3.0 Precautions and Limitations ..........................................................................................................4

4.1 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation .......................................6

4.2 TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation: ..........................................................9

4.3 Manually transferring Inverter 2A (B,C,D,F,G) Power Supply. ........................................25

4.4 120V AC regulated instrumentation panel 2A (B) operation............................................26

4.5 Energizing 208/120V AC instrument panel 2H (J). ..........................................................26

4.6 Energizing 208/120V AC control power panel 2N. ..........................................................26

4.7 Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C].

........................................................................................................................................26

4.8 Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train A Channel 1 (2) [3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E].

........................................................................................................................................26

4.9 Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Inverter 2A (B)[C].

........................................................................................................................................27

4.10 Energizing SSPS RCP Bus UV Relay Train B Channel 1 (2)[3] From Solatron 2C (D)[E].

........................................................................................................................................28

4.11 120V AC Instrumentation Distribution System Normal Line Up ......................................28

4.12 SPDS Computer Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' Nitrogen Storage Room).

........................................................................................................................................29

4.13 AMSAC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation (155' cable chase). ...............32

4.14 DEHC System Uninterruptible Power Supply Operation. ................................................34

5.0 References ..................................................................................................................................36

FIGURE 1 - TDAFW PUMP UPS ................................................................................................39

APPENDIX 1 - TDAFWP UPS CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS ...............................................42

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems 4 of 45 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations and Instructions for operating the 120V AC distribution system.

2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The 600V electrical distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-36.3, 600, 408 AND 208/120 Volt Ac Electrical Distribution System.

2.2 The 125V DC auxiliary building distribution system is energized and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-37.1, 125 VOLT D.C. Auxiliary Building Distribution System.

3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Loss of 120V vital A. C. instrumentation panel will result in the loss of one channel of reactor protection and ESF instrumentation and may cause a reactor trip.

3.2 120V vital AC instrumentation panels 2A B, C, D are supplied by inverters 2A B, C,D respective. Distribution panels 2G and H are supplied by inverters 2F and G respective.

The inverters bypass supply automatically supplies the panel if the inverter fails. The bypass supplies are from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G for A train and 2H for B train. {AI2009206421}

3.3 Distribution panel 2J (2K) feeds BOP panel 2J (2K). BOP panel 2J (2K) does have auctioneered power supplies from solatron regulator 2G (2H).

3.4 Changing the position of the key lock switches associated with SSPS RCP Bus UV Relays will result in an automatic start of the TDAFWP if more than one channel is deenergized.

3.5 Observe the NO SMOKING signs. Do not strike a spark or operate space heaters in the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery area.

3.6 The TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply Battery Charger volts and amps should not exceed 56V and 100 amps.

3.7 If DC supply voltage to the inverters rises to 145 volts, then the DC supply breaker will open and the load will shift to the bypass supply.

3.8 Do not operate an inverter at no load and high DC input voltage (greater than or equal to 140V DC) for longer than 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />. The magnetic structure of the regulating ferro-resonant transformer may experience high losses under such conditions, which may result in overheating and component failure. If operation at high DC input voltage is necessary, then the inverter should be loaded to at least 20% of rated load.

3.9 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H are each supplied by a constant voltage transformer consisting of three separate devices called isolimeters--one per phase.

The loss of an isolimeter only affects the loads in the distribution cabinet that are powered off the phase supplied by that isolimeter.

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems 5 of 45 3.10 120V regulated AC distribution cabinet 2A and 2B are supplied with three phase AC from 208/120V regulated AC distribution panel 2G and 2H. Therefore step 3.9 also applies to 120V regulated AC distribution cabinets 2A and 2B.

3.11 Operation of the 120V AC instrumentation inverters without batteries connected to the DC bus should be minimized. Transient AC input conditions to the 125V Battery Chargers can lead to fluctuations in the DC input to the inverters, causing the inverter fuses to blow.

3.12 Prior to swapping the on service TDAFW Pump UPS battery charger, Electrical Maintenance should ensure the batteries have been placed in Float.

3.13 Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.

3.14 To ensure proper reset, any operation of the Manual Bypass Switch on the Aux. Bldg. or DEH Inverters should be to a hard stop rather than just to align with the position markings.

Ref CR 367519.

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems 6 of 45 4.0 Instructions 4.1 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) Operation:

NOTE The Preferred method of operation is with the battery connected to the DC Bus; however, there will be times this will not be feasible, and the battery will require disconnecting. Per discussion with the vendor, it is permissible to operate the inverter without the battery for a 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> period without any adverse affects.

4.1.1 IF battery is disconnected from its DC Bus, THEN verify charger output is properly balanced as follows:

4.1.1.1 Verify charger is on float charge.

4.1.1.2 Allow charger components to warm up and output to stabilize.

NOTE The unbalance can be more than 10% when the charger is running at less than 75% load. The unbalance should be within 10% when charger is above 75% load.

4.1.1.3 Using DC clamp-on ammeter, measure AS FOUND load current at the output of each SCR:

SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 SCR4 SCR5 SCR6 Electrical Maintenance Initials Date 4.1.1.4 IF measured AS FOUND load current at the output of any SCR in Step 4.1.1.3 is less than one (1) amp, THEN contact TL/ATL for resolution. _____

EM

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems 7 of 45 CAUTION Do not restart a 120V AC Instrumentation Inverter prior to 60 seconds after the inverter was shutdown, to allow sufficient time for internal capacitors to discharge.

4.1.2 Placing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) in service:

4.1.2.1 Verify BATTERY INPUT breaker in the OFF position.

4.1.2.2 Verify INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position.

4.1.2.3 Verify closed respective inverter bypass AC supply breaker as follows:

AC SUPPLY BREAKER INVERTER 120V AC Distribution:

2A Panel 2G Brk #7 2B Panel 2G Brk #2 2C Panel 2H Brk #7 2D Panel 2H Brk #2 2F Panel 2G Brk #6 2G Panel 2H Brk #6 4.1.2.4 Close respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A LA 10 2B LA 12 2C LB 04 2D LB 06 2F LA 16 2G LB 10 NOTE At startup, an audible alarm will be heard.

4.1.2.5 Place the BATTERY INPUT breaker in the ON position.

4.1.2.6 Place the INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the ON position.

4.1.2.7 Verify inverter is in sync with the bypass source as indicated by IN SYNC lamp lit and OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.

Procedure Number Ver UNIT 2 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-2-SOP-36.4 62.1 1/17/2013 Page Number 20:29:20 120V A.C. Distribution Systems 8 of 45 CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.

NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will go out (if illuminated) and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will illuminate (if not already on).

4.1.2.8 Transfer the MANUAL BYPASS Switch to the NORMAL OPERATION position.

4.1.2.9 Press the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton.

4.1.3 Removing 120V AC instrumentation inverter 2A (B, C, D, F, G) from service.

4.1.3.1 Verify the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE lamp lit.

4.1.3.2 Verify bypass source is in sync with the inverter as indicated by the IN SYNC lamp lit and the OUT OF SYNC lamp NOT lit.

CAUTION Do not transfer unless unit is in sync.

4.1.3.3 Press the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton.

NOTE In the following step, the FAN FAILURE light will illuminate and the BYPASS SOURCE AVAILABLE light will go out.

4.1.3.4 Transfer the manual bypass switch to the BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD position.

4.1.3.5 Open the following breakers for respective inverter.

x BATTERY INPUT breaker x INVERTER OUTPUT breaker 4.1.3.6 Open respective inverter DC supply breaker as follows:

INVERTER DC SUPPLY BREAKER 2A LA 10 2B LA 12 2C LB 04 2D LB 06 2F LA 16 2G LB 10

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j. Page 1 of 5

j. In Plant JPM Fire Pump-NEW TITLE: Start the MDFP and #2 DDFP locally EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure
3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Locally start a MDFP and #2 DDFP in response to a plant fire Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j. Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
c. The MDFP and #2 DDFP have failed to auto-start.
d. A pre-job brief is not required.

You are being directed by the Shift Supervisor to perform the following using FNP-0-SOP-61.0:

1. locally start the MDFP starting at step 4.4
2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6 INITIATING CUE, You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

  • 1. (step 4.4.1) Rotates switch to LOCAL position. S / U Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to (CUE: Switch is in LOCAL LOCAL. position.)
  • 2. (step 4.4.2) Start button is depressed. S / U Depress START pushbutton. (CUE: Start button is depressed, you hear the motor start.)
3. (step 4.4.3) Rotates switch to REMOTE S / U Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to position.

REMOTE. (CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)

4. (step 4.4.4) Hand switch placed to stop S / U Place the hand switch controller for the (CUE: Hand switch is in the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey STOP position pump.
5. (step 4.6.1) on #2 DDFP Observes V0156 at 45 degrees. S / U Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG (CUE: the identified Valve is as BYP valve throttled as follows: you see it)
  • IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j. Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

  • 6. (step 4.6.2) on #2 DDFP Selector switch placed in MAN A S / U Place the DDFP local control panel selector or MAN B position.

switch to MAN A OR MAN B position. (CUE: the identified switch is as you described.)

7. (step 4.6.3) on #2 DDFP Observes BATT A AND B S / U IF necessary, THEN perform the following CONNECTED lights lit to verify the BATT A CONNECTED and (CUE: the identified LIGHTS BATT B CONNECTED lights are lit: ARE LIT)
  • 4.6.3.1 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)

RESET pushbuttons for the following:

o 4.6.3.1.1 AC mini breaker.

o 4.6.3.1.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) o 4.6.3.1.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) o 4.6.3.2 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.

  • 8. (step 4.6.4) on #2 DDFP Depresses and holds start switch S / U Depress and maintain depressed the for 10 seconds.

ENGINE START pushbutton for (CUE: Start button depressed, you a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the hear the engine start) selected DDFP starts.

STOP TIME Terminate after both fire water pumps are running.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-0-SOP-61.0, Ver 46.0
2. K/As: 086A3.01 RO-2.9 SRO-3.3 086A4.01 RO-3.3 SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j. Page 4 of 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:

ELEMENT Evaluation 1-2 Critical: This is the assigned task, these elements start the MDFP.

3 NOT Critical: Returns switch to normal position, not required for pump to remain running.

4 NOT Critical: Jockey pump operation has no effect on ability to provide fire water.

5 NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.

6 Critical: This aligns a starting battery to crank the engine.

7 NOT Critical: Check step only, no operation performed.

8 Critical: This is the assigned task, this element starts the #2 DDFP.

COMMENTS:

DDFP CONTROL PANEL 1

INSIDE CONTROL PANEL 2

3 This page is intentionally blank.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM j. Page 1 of 1 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to LOCALLY START THE MDFP AND #2 DDFP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. The Fire Brigade is currently fighting a fire.
b. #1 DDFP has tripped.
c. The MDFP and #2 DDFP have failed to auto-start.
d. A pre-job brief is not required.

You are being directed by the Shift Supervisor to perform the following using FNP-0-SOP-61.0:

1. locally start the MDFP starting at step 4.4
2. locally start the #2 DDFP starting at step 4.6

Procedure Number Ver Farley Nuclear Plant SHARED FNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND Page Number 1/17/2013 20:13:39 7 of 24 YARD MAIN 4.3.4 IF a DDFP was running to maintain fire main header pressure, THEN perform the following:

4.3.4.1 Place the running DDFP control switch to OFF.

4.3.4.2 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)

RESET pushbuttons for the following:

4.3.4.2.1 AC mini breaker.

4.3.4.2.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.3.4.2.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.3.4.3 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.

4.3.4.4 Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:

4.3.4.4.1 IF securing #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.

4.3.4.4.2 IF securing #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).

4.3.4.5 Place DDFP control panel selector switch in AUTO to return the DDFP to automatic standby status.

4.3.5 Verify fire main header pressure is being maintained at approximately 125 psig or greater by operation of the MDFP.

4.4 Startup of the MDFP from Local Control Panel 4.4.1 Place MDFP LOCAL/REMOTE switch to LOCAL.

4.4.2 Depress START pushbutton.

4.4.3 Return LOCAL/REMOTE switch to REMOTE.

CAUTION Failure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.

4.4.4 Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP, to secure the jockey pump.

Procedure Number Ver Farley Nuclear Plant SHARED FNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND Page Number 1/17/2013 20:13:39 8 of 24 YARD MAIN 4.5 Shutdown of the MDFP 4.5.1 Place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to START, to start the jockey pump.

NOTE The MDFP cannot be shutdown from Main Control Board.

4.5.2 Place LOCAL/REMOTE switch for the motor driven fire pump (MDFP) to LOCAL.

4.5.3 Depress STOP/RESET pushbutton for the MDFP.

4.5.4 IF started from Main Control Board, THEN place handswitch on MCB to STOP and verify handswitch spring returns to NEUTRAL. (This function is to de-energize trouble light only.)

4.5.5 Place LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch for the MDFP to REMOTE to return to automatic standby status.

4.5.6 Verify the jockey pump running and maintaining approximately 125 psig header pressure.

4.6 Manual Startup of a DDFP 4.6.1 Verify the DDFP CLG WTR PRESS REG BYP valve throttled as follows:

x IF starting #1 DDFP, THEN throttle open #1 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0152, 1 turn.

x IF starting #2 DDFP, THEN throttle open #2 DDFP COOLING WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR BYPASS, N1P43V0156, 45 degrees (valve is a 90 degree ball valve).

4.6.2 Place the DDFP local control panel selector switch to MAN A OR MAN B position.

Procedure Number Ver Farley Nuclear Plant SHARED FNP-0-SOP-61.0 46.0 FIRE PROTECTION-PUMP HOUSE AND Page Number 1/17/2013 20:13:39 9 of 24 YARD MAIN NOTE The RESET pushbutton may have to be pushed more than once to light these indications.

4.6.3 IF necessary, THEN perform the following to verify the BATT A CONNECTED and BATT B CONNECTED lights are lit:

4.6.3.1 At the local control panel, push the CIRCUIT BREAKER DC (AC)

RESET pushbuttons for the following:

4.6.3.1.1 AC mini breaker.

4.6.3.1.2 DC mini breaker. (1 of 2) 4.6.3.1.3 DC mini breaker. (2 of 2) 4.6.3.2 Push the RESET pushbutton at the DDFP local control panel.

NOTE IF engine does not start within 10 seconds, THEN the red START FAILURE light will energize.

4.6.4 Depress and maintain depressed the ENGINE START pushbutton for a minimum of 10 seconds, or until the selected DDFP starts.

4.6.5 IF the engine does not start, as indicated by the START FAILURE light lit, THEN perform the following:

4.6.5.1 Release START pushbutton.

4.6.5.2 Reset controller by depressing RESET pushbutton.

4.6.5.3 Return to step 4.6.2, this time selecting the alternate option (MAN A OR MAN B) for second start attempt.

CAUTION Failure to secure the jockey pump while running any fire pump when no flow demand exists on the system, may result in overheating or damage to the fire pump.

4.6.6 IF jockey pump is running, THEN place the handswitch controller for the jockey pump to STOP to secure the jockey pump.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k. Page 1 of 6

k. In Plant JPM SO-386 TITLE: Commence A Waste Gas Release EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X PLANT PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA____

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. All actions will be SIMULATED.
2. Provide student HANDOUT and procedure.
3. Allow student time to review conditions and procedure.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer Aaron Forsha Date: 2/11/13 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k. Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0.
f. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Appendix 3, has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
g. You have the Radside watch station keys.

Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

  • 1. (step 4.1.7) TPNS number is recorded in SOP- S / U Open #3 WGDT outlet valve Q2G22V019C 51.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counter-clockwise.

(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)

  • 2. (step 4.1.8) TPNS number is recorded in SOP- S / U Open bank A GDT bank outlet valve 51.1 and opened by turning the Q2G22V017. handwheel counterclockwise.

(CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)

3. (Step 4.1.9.1) RCV-14 flow controller is verified S / U Verify RCV-14 flow controller is set at zero at zero demand.

position. (CUE: the identified controller is as you described)

4. (step 4.1.9.2) Checks setpoint on plant vent S / U Verify the plant vent pressure regulator pressure regulator.

Q2G22V205 is set for 15 psi. (CUE: the identified indicator is as you described.)

  • 5. (step 4.1.10) unlocks and turns handwheel S / U Using Master Valve key, unlock and open counterclockwise until opened.

RCV-14 upstream isolation Q2G22V089. (CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k. Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

  • 6. (step 4.1.11) turns handwheel counterclockwise S / U Open the RCV-14 downstream isolation until opened Q2G22V207. (CUE: the identified Valve is as you described)
  • 7. (step 4.1.12) handswitch is turned to open. S / U Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent Observes the green light lit with stack Q2G22V206, RCV-14 hand switch to zero demand on the controller.

open. (CUE: The identified handswitch is as you described and the green light is lit.)

8. (step 4.1.13)
  • Start time and tank pressure are S / U Record start time and tank pressure in recorded in SOP-51.0.

SOP-51.0 and notify the Shift Radio (The current time is the start Chemist. time and #3 WGDT [2-PIS-1038] pressure is 60 psig.)

  • Shift Radio chemist notified.
  • Ensure examinee identifies correct (CUE: Shift Radio chemist pressure indicator and range. acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)
  • 9. (step 4.1.14) Slowly open GDT discharge HIK-014 adjusted open. S / U valve to plant vent RCV-14 using the Waste Observes the red light lit with Gas Discharge Control HIK-014 on the demand on the controller.

Waste Gas Panel and verify the following: (CUE: the red light is lit.)

(See 10 below)

10. (step 4.1.14.1) Observes R-14 count rate is S / U Verify R-14 count rate is less than increasing and above R-14 R-14 setpoint setpoint. [May call Control Room]

(CUE: R-14 reads 5,000 counts and is steady)

11. (step 4.1.14.2) Observes The pressure in GDT is S / U Checks rate of pressure decrease. decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.

(CUE: 5 minutes have passed and pressure has dropped 2 psi)

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k. Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

12. (step 4.1.15) Observes that only the tank which S / U Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during is being released exhibits a the release. pressure decrease.

(CUE: #3 WGDT pressure is decreasing slowly, all other pressures are steady)

STOP TIME Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.

CUE: Another operator will continue from here.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () preceding the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Version 49.2
2. FNP-2-CCP-213.1, Version 19.0
3. Technical Specification
4. K/As: 071A2.02 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 071A4.09 RO-3.3 SRO-3.5 071A4.26 RO-3.1 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None Critical ELEMENT justification:

Element Evaluation 1, 2 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.

3, 4 NOT Critical: Components are normally in the required position, and do not have to be manipulated for successful completion of this task.

5-7 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.

8 NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).

9 Critical: Required for task completion: required to open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.

10 NOT Critical: No alarming condition exists.

11 NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.

12 NOT Critical: Check step only with no abnormal conditions.

COMMENTS:

This page is intentionally blank.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k. Page 1 of 2 HANDOUT CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
b. The initial conditions of FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3 have been completed.
c. #3 WGDT is at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
d. A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
e. The waste gas system is shut down per FNP-2-SOP-51.0.
f. FNP-2-SOP-51.0, Appendix 3, has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
g. You have the Radside watch station keys.

Your task is to continue the release of #3 WGDT using FNP-2-SOP-51.0 Appendix 3, starting at step 4.1.7.

ILT-36 IN PLANT JPM k. Page 2 of 2 RType G2.57 BATCH GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PERMIT WASTE GAS DECAY TANK UNIT #___2_____ GWRP # NRC JPM


PART I Operational Data:

Gas Decay Tank No. 3_____________ Tank Pressure ___60(psig)

Release Permit requested by: Shift Supervisor____

Date _____Today______ Time __2 hours ago


PART II Pre-Release Data:

RELEASE ESTIMATES FOR THIS SOURCE - See Attached Maximum Monitor Setpoint: RE-14 ________14,000_ CPM Comment: ______________________________________________________________________

This permit authorizes the Batch Release of Gas Decay Tank No. 3__at a release rate of ___100__cfm with a MINIMUM of ______1_________ (enter 1 or 2) Fan Operation.

Start Date ___Today____ Expiration Date ___2 days from today____

Approved by: __Shift Radiochemist_____________________ Date ____Today

___ Time _____:__1 hour ago___


PART III Operational Data:

Actual number of AUX BLDG MAIN EXHAUST FANS in operation: __________ (1 or 2)

RE14 SETPOINT CHANGE REQUIRED ( ) Yes (x) No AS FOUND SETPOINT 10,000cpm ( )N/A ____________

AS LEFT SETPOINT _____ cpm ( )N/A AS LEFT SETPOINT VERIFIED BY: (I&C)

DATE________ TIME__________

RE14 CAL DUE DATE: Next Month __________

RE-14 Reading During Release __________ cpm Post Release: ___________cpm WGDT #________ Initial Pressure _________ psig Final Pressure: ___________ psig SOP OTC #

RELEASE START DATE ___/___/___ TIME: ___:___

RELEASE END DATE _ __/___/___ TIME: ___:___

RELEASE CONDUCTED BY: _____________________

Data Reviewed by: __________________________ Date ___/___/___ Time _____:_____


PART IV CHM UPDATE:

FOR DOSE CALCULATIONS - See Attached FOR RELEASE RATES AND DURATION - See Attached Comment: ______________________________________________________________________

Permit Updated by: ________________________ Date: ___/___/___ Time _____:_____


CHM Form 1706.1E

01/17/13 20:30:46 UNIT 2 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 APPENDIX 3 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE Completed By Date Verified By Date Reviewed By Date This appendix consists of 9 pages.

Version 49.2

01/17/13 20:30:46 UNIT 2 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This appendix provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack.

Instructions are included in the following sections.

4.1 Gas Decay Tank Release 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-0014 Check 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.

(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per System Check List FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.

2.4 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.

2.5 Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.

2.6 The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.

2.7 The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.

Page 1 of 9 Version 49.2

01/17/13 20:30:46 UNIT 2 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.

3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.

3.3 IF either R-14, R-14s alarm, or R-14s automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODCM action requirements are met.

3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tank's contained volume.

3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required.

Page 2 of 9 Version 49.2

01/17/13 20:30:46 UNIT 2 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.0 Instructions NOTE: Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-0-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.

CAUTION: Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.

NRC JPM 4.1 WGDT No. Release Permit No. .

NOTE: Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.

4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:

NOTE: Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.

4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.

4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.

TABLE 1 GDT OUTLET GDT INLET GDT BANK GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE VALVE INLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1 A 2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V-7820A 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019A) (Q2G22V025A) (Q2G22V029) (Q2G22V017) 2 A 2-GWD-V-7823B 2-GWD-V-7820B 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019B) (Q2G22V025B) (Q2G22V029) (Q2G22V017) 3 A 2-GWD-V-7823C 2-GWD-V-7820C 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019C) (Q2G22V025C) (Q2G22V029) (Q2G22V017) 4 B 2-GWD-V-7833A 2-GWD-V-7830A 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A) (Q2G22V026A) (Q2G22V030) (Q2G22V020) 5 B 2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V-7830B 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B) (Q2G22V026B) (Q2G22V030) (Q2G22V020) 6 B 2-GWD-V-7833C 2-GWD-V-7830C 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022C) (Q2G22V026C) (Q2G22V030) (Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT- 2-GWD-V-7886A 2-GWD-V-7883A 2-GWD-V-7881 2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q2G22V074A) (Q2G22V085A) (Q2G22V083) (Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT- 2-GWD-V-7886B 2-GWD-V-7883B 2-GWD-V-7881 2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q2G22V074B) (Q2G22V085B) (Q2G22V083) (Q2G22V076)

Page 3 of 9 Version 49.2

01/17/13 20:30:46 UNIT 2 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 NOTE: Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.

4.1.2 Check recorder RR0100 (point RR14 or RR22) in operation OR check that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) System (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.

NOTE: The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.

4.1.3 For the operable rad monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22. Actual setpoint will be found in the Target Setpoint column of the table at end of FNP-2-CCP-213.1, per footnote 5 of that table.

Actual Setpoint Background 10,000 cpm 400 cpm R-14 R-22 4.1.4 Check Actual Setpoints in step 4.1.3 are < setpoint on release permit Section II.

4.1.5 Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate 75,000 cfm .

4.1.6 Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure.

Page 4 of 9 Version 49.2

01/17/13 20:30:46 UNIT 2 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 NOTE: Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.

4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve.

(Record TPNS from Table 2).

4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve.

(Record TPNS from Table 2).

TABLE 2 GDT OUTLET GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1 A 2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019A) (Q2G22V017) 2 A 2-GWD-V-7823B 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019B) (Q2G22V017) 3 A 2-GWD-V-7823C 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019C) (Q2G22V017) 4 B 2-GWD-V-7833A 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A) (Q2G22V020) 5 B 2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B) (Q2G22V020) 6 B 2-GWD-V-7833C 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022C) (Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886A 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074A) (Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074B) (Q2G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:

4.1.9.1 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.

4.1.9.2 Plant vent pressure regulator 2-GWD-V-7896 (Q2G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).

4.1.10 Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).

4.1.11 Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).

4.1.12 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.

Page 5 of 9 Version 49.2

01/17/13 20:30:46 UNIT 2 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.1.13 Perform the following:

x Record Start Time x Record Initial Tank Press PSIG x Notify the Shift Radiochemist 4.1.14 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:

4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.

4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour. (This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)

4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease OR increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor.

4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN perform the following:

4.1.16.1 Turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSE.

4.1.16.2 Position WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014 to zero.

4.1.17 Record the following:

Stop Time Tank Press PSIG Final R-14 count rate CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM 4.1.17.1 Notify the Shift Radiochemist of the above recorded items.

4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).

Page 6 of 9 Version 49.2

01/17/13 20:30:46 UNIT 2 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).

4.1.20 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8 (Record TPNS).

4.1.21 Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7 (Record TPNS).

4.1.22 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release of R-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RR0100 (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).

R-14 Average Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)

R-22 Average Recorder/RMDA (circle one used) 4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit.

Operator Date 4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.

4.1.25 Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve IV 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) is closed.

4.1.26 Independently verify RCV-14 upstream isolation valve IV 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) is closed & locked.

Page 7 of 9 Version 49.2

01/17/13 20:30:46 UNIT 2 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-14 Check 4.2.1 Verify the following RCV-14 isolation valves are closed before performing this test:

[] 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089)

[] 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) 4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.

4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.

NOTE: x Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked N/A (NOT APPLICABLE).

x Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 105 cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 105 cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.

4.2.4 Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows:

4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.

4.2.4.2 Check HIGH ALARM is received.

4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.

4.2.4.4 Check 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.

4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.

4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.

4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.

4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.

4.2.4.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.

Page 8 of 9 Version 49.2

01/17/13 20:30:46 UNIT 2 FNP-2-SOP-51.0 APPENDIX 3 4.2.5 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert a test signal N/A as follows:

4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.

I&C 4.2.5.2 Adjust A-1 R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.

I&C 4.2.5.3 Check that 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.

4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened.

4.2.5.5 Adjust A-1 R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.

I&C 4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR I&C switch.

4.2.5.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.

I&C 4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.

N/A 4.2.5.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.

5.0 References 5.1 P&ID, D-205042, sheets 5 and 6, Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL (Corporate Documentum) 5.4 FSAR Vol. XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 Page 9 of 9 Version 49.2